[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2018110624A1 - Fall analysis system and analysis method - Google Patents

Fall analysis system and analysis method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018110624A1
WO2018110624A1 PCT/JP2017/044826 JP2017044826W WO2018110624A1 WO 2018110624 A1 WO2018110624 A1 WO 2018110624A1 JP 2017044826 W JP2017044826 W JP 2017044826W WO 2018110624 A1 WO2018110624 A1 WO 2018110624A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
foot
block
arch
subject
sole
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2017/044826
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
山下 和彦
英治 榎本
真澄 篠原
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Aof Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Aof Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Aof Co Ltd filed Critical Aof Co Ltd
Publication of WO2018110624A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018110624A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B13/00Soles; Sole-and-heel integral units
    • A43B13/14Soles; Sole-and-heel integral units characterised by the constructive form
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/103Measuring devices for testing the shape, pattern, colour, size or movement of the body or parts thereof, for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/11Measuring movement of the entire body or parts thereof, e.g. head or hand tremor or mobility of a limb
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/22Ergometry; Measuring muscular strength or the force of a muscular blow
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B17/00Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a technique for comprehensively analyzing factors that cause young and old men and women to fall.
  • an individual's organic factors such as abnormalities in the foot, a portion from the sole to the upper part of the heel, for example, below the knee (hereinafter referred to as “foot” in the present specification) Abnormalities around the hip joint, abnormalities in the so-called “buttock” muscles, and the like.
  • foot in the present specification
  • Abnormalities around the hip joint abnormalities in the so-called "buttock” muscles, and the like.
  • the abnormality in the foot and the abnormality in the foot the actual situation is that no effective analysis technique itself has been proposed. Further, it has not been conventionally performed to comprehensively analyze the sole, the foot, the hip joint periphery, and the “hip circumference” to prevent falls.
  • the inventor has proposed a technique for measuring the muscle strength between the toes (see Patent Document 1), and also proposed a technique for measuring the muscle strength to sandwich the knee and the muscle force to spread the knee (see Patent Document 2). .
  • this technology does not intend to contribute to the prevention of falls by comprehensively analyzing the strength between the toes and / or the strength of the knees and the strength of the knees in combination with other indicators. .
  • the present invention has been proposed in view of the above-described problems of the prior art, and provides a system and a method that can analyze anomalies in a subject's feet, legs, etc., and comprehensively analyze the causes of falls. It is an object.
  • the fall analysis system (10) of the present invention is a device (foot sole) having a function of determining the center of gravity (of subject M), the arch, and the bone axis of the foot from the force (shearing force, pressure) acting on a predetermined position of the sole.
  • Measurement system 100 and a function for determining a skeletal model, a kinematic analysis result, and an abnormality in a portion (referred to as “foot” in the present specification) from the sole (of subject M) to the upper part of the heel (eg, below the knee)
  • a device toe determination system 200
  • a device a toe pressure measurement device 300
  • a device having a function of measuring the pressure between the toes and the adjacent toes (pressure between toes)
  • It has a device (leg strength measuring device 400) having a function of measuring muscle strength sandwiched between and muscle strength to widen the distance between both legs.
  • the fall analysis method of the present invention measures the force (shearing force, pressure) acting on a predetermined position of the sole, and the position (foot) from the sole (of the subject M) to the upper part of the heel (for example, below the knee). , Measuring the pressure between the toes and the toes adjacent to it (pressure between the toes), measuring the muscular strength sandwiched between both legs and the muscular strength that widens the distance between both legs (step S1); The center of gravity (of subject M), arch, bone axis of the foot, and abnormality are determined from the force (shearing force, pressure) acting on a predetermined position of the sole, and the upper part of the heel (for example, below the knee) from the sole of (subject M) Determine the skeletal model, motion analysis results, and abnormalities from the data (still image data, moving image data, X-ray photograph data) taken up to the point (foot) until the pressure between the toes and the adjacent toes ( The total muscle strength of the lower part of
  • the device (foot measurement system 100) having a function of determining the center of gravity (of the subject M), the arch, and the bone axis of the foot is a member (110L, 110R: for example, insole, shoes) that contacts the sole of the foot. And a predetermined position of the member (110L, 110R) (L (1), R (1), L (2), R (2),... L (7), R (7) in FIG.
  • Sensor (1-7 shear force sensor, pressure sensor) for measuring forces (shear force, pressure) acting on (1) to (7)) of 2 and the sensors ((1) to (7))
  • a control device center of gravity, arch, bone axis determination block 120
  • the sensor includes a rib raised portion (position 1), a cubic bone (position 2), a fifth metatarsal head (position 3), a first portion of a member (110: for example, insole, shoes) with which the sole of the foot contacts.
  • the senor is also provided on the thumb contact surface (position 4).
  • a function of determining a skeletal model, a kinematic analysis result, and an abnormality from a sole (of the subject M) to an upper part of the heel (for example, below the knee) (described as “foot part” in this specification).
  • an analysis device (skeletal model creation and motion analysis blocks 210, 211) to which image data (still image data, moving image data, X-ray photograph, X-ray photograph) is input from the imaging device (202, 203),
  • the analysis device (210, 211) is based on the image data (still image data, X-ray photograph, X-ray photograph), and is subject to determination (for example, from the sole of the subject (M) to above the heel, for example, below the knee).
  • Locations the ability to create skeleton model of the foot), what has the function of analyzing the motion of the skeletal model on the basis of the skeleton model and the image data (moving image data) is preferable.
  • the imaging device (202) is preferably an optical device (for example, a camera) having a function of capturing a still image and a function of capturing a moving image.
  • the imaging device (203) includes a device (203A: for example, an X-ray irradiation device) having a function of irradiating a light beam having a human body permeability, and an image (X-ray photograph: X-ray photograph) having a light beam having a human body permeability.
  • the imaging device (2, 3) in order to prevent external light (for example, sunlight) from being reflected and make it difficult to see an image, and to improve measurement accuracy, the imaging device (2, 3) has a specific wavelength of light ( It is preferable to attach a filter that transmits light of a specific color. Then, a new reference point is set by adding information on light of a specific wavelength (light of a specific color) from outside the system, or by attaching a marker to the skin of the subject (M), and performing a new measurement.
  • the system is constructed.
  • the marker for example, a marker that reacts to near infrared light or ultraviolet light can be used.
  • the center of gravity (of the subject M), the arch, and the bone axis of the foot, and the device having the function of determining the center of gravity, the arch, and the bone axis of the foot (subject measurement system 100) Determine the associated anomalies, A skeleton model, a motion analysis result, and a device having a function for determining an abnormality (foot determination system 200) determine a skeleton model of (subject M), a motion analysis result, and an abnormality determined thereby, A device having a function of measuring the pressure between the toes and the adjacent toes (pressure between the toes) (inter-toe pressure measuring device 300) of the lower part from the knee (subject M) Determine the muscular strength, A device (leg strength measuring device 400) having a function of measuring muscle strength sandwiched between both legs and muscle strength that widens the distance between both legs (subject M) 's hip adductor and abductor muscle strength (so-called “around the hip” muscles)
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an example of a center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block of the sole measurement system of FIG. 4.
  • FIG. 15 is a functional block diagram illustrating a skeleton model creation and motion analysis block of the foot determination system of FIG.
  • FIG. 19 is a functional block diagram illustrating a skeleton model creation and motion analysis block of the foot determination system of FIG. 18. It is a flowchart which shows control of the foot
  • the overturn analysis system generally indicated by reference numeral 10 includes a sole measurement system 100, a foot determination system 200, a toe pressure measurement device 300, a leg force measurement device 400, a control device 20, and a display device 22. Yes.
  • the sole measurement system 100 is a sensor (symbols (1) to (7) in FIG. 1) that measures a force (shearing force, pressure) acting on a predetermined position of a member (for example, an insole or a shoe) that contacts the sole of the foot.
  • the outputs from the sensors (1) to (7) are transmitted to the control device 20 via the transmission line CL100.
  • the foot determination system 200 relatively moves the imaging location (1: for example, the platform) on which the subject M is placed and the circumferential direction of the imaging location 1 (including both constant speed movement and inconstant speed movement).
  • a device 203A for example, an X-ray irradiation device
  • a function of irradiating a light beam having a human body permeability and an image (X-ray photograph: X-ray photograph) by a light beam having a human body permeability are taken.
  • a combination of the apparatus 203B for example, an X-ray camera) having a function to perform the above is included.
  • the toe pressure measuring apparatus 300 has a function of measuring the pressure between the toes and the adjacent toes (pressure between toes), and a conventionally known technique (for example, the technique of Patent Document 1). Is applicable.
  • the leg strength measuring device 400 has a function of measuring the muscular strength that is sandwiched between both legs and the muscular strength that widens the distance between both legs.
  • a conventionally known technique for example, the technique of Patent Document 2 can be applied.
  • the control device or the analysis device in the systems 100 and 200 is included in the control device 20.
  • the control device 20 includes a center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120, a skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210, a longitudinal posture control determination block 50, a lateral posture control determination block 60, and a fall risk determination block. 70.
  • a center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120 a skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210
  • longitudinal posture control determination block 50 a lateral posture control determination block 60
  • a fall risk determination block. 70 For details of the center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120, skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210, longitudinal posture control determination block 50, and lateral posture control determination block 60, refer to FIG. Will be described later.
  • the fall prevention instruction block 90 is provided outside the control apparatus 20, but the fall prevention instruction block 90 may be configured as a part of the control apparatus 20.
  • the measurement results of the sensors (1) to (7) in the sole measurement system 100 are input to the center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120 via the signal transmission line CL100.
  • “(1) to (7)” in the signal transmission line CL100 means the measurement results of the sensors (1) to (7).
  • the measurement results of the sensors (1) to (7) are transmitted by radio, and the signal transmission line CL100 indicates transmission of information by radio.
  • the center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120 determines the center of gravity, the arch, and the bone axis of the foot based on the measurement results of the sensors (1) to (7). It has a function to determine the abnormality of the subject from the axis. At the same time, the determined center of gravity, arch, bone axis of the foot, and abnormality of the subject are transmitted to the fall risk determination block 70 via the signal transmission line CL102.
  • the skeletal model creation and motion analysis block 210 receives image data (still image data, moving image data, X-ray photograph, X-ray photograph) from the foot determination system 200 via the signal transmission line CL200, and receives the foot (foot) of the subject. It has a function of determining or acquiring a skeletal model from the back to the upper part of the heel, for example, below the knee), performing a motion analysis from the skeletal model, and determining an abnormality in the foot of the subject. In addition, the abnormality of the subject obtained by the skeletal model, the motion analysis, and the like is transmitted to the fall risk determination block 70 via the CL 202.
  • the front-rear direction posture control determination block 50 is based on the pressure between the toes and the adjacent toes (pressure between toes) measured by the toe pressure measuring device 300 via the signal transmission line CL300. It has a function of comprehensively judging the muscle strength of the lower part from the knee of the subject.
  • the muscle strength of the portion below the knee of the subject is closely related to the ability of posture control in the human front-rear direction, and the human posture control in the front-rear direction is an important parameter for the fall. That is, it is possible to estimate or determine the posture control ability of the human front-rear direction, which is an important parameter regarding falls, by comprehensively judging the muscle strength of the lower part from the subject's knee.
  • the front-rear direction posture control determination block 50 also has a function of transmitting the total muscle strength of the portion below the subject's knee to the fall risk determination block 70 via the signal transmission line CL302.
  • the lateral posture control determination block 60 is based on the force applied by the subject's knee input via the signal transmission line CL400 and the force that increases the distance between the legs (measured by the leg force measuring device 400) and the adductor muscle of the hip joint. It has a function of comprehensively judging the muscle strength of so-called “around the hip” muscles such as abductor muscles.
  • the muscle strength in the so-called “around the hip” muscles is related to the human lateral posture control ability, and the human lateral posture control ability is also an important parameter for falls. That is, it is possible to estimate or determine the human posture control ability in the lateral direction, which is an important parameter related to the fall, from the muscle strength of the “around the hip” muscle of the subject.
  • the lateral posture control determination block 60 also has a function of transmitting the total muscle strength of the “around the hip” muscle of the subject to the fall risk determination block 70 via the signal transmission line CL402.
  • the fall risk determination block 70 includes the subject's center of gravity, arch, and foot bone axes transmitted from the center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120, the abnormality determined thereby, and the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210.
  • the transmitted skeletal model of the subject, the result of the motion analysis, the abnormality determined thereby, the total muscle strength of the portion below the subject's knee transmitted from the longitudinal posture control determination block 50, and the lateral posture control It has a function of comprehensively judging the risk of the subject falling down while walking or running, based on the total strength of the muscle around the hips transmitted from the judgment block 60. The determination will be described later with reference to FIG.
  • the fall risk determination block 70 transmits the comprehensive judgment result of the risk that the subject falls while walking or running to the fall prevention instruction block 90 via the signal transmission line CL72, or from the signal transmission line CL72. It has a function of transmitting to the display device (display) 22 via the branched signal transmission line CL74.
  • the fall risk determination block 70 is an information processing apparatus such as a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • an expert or an operator who has medical knowledge makes a necessary judgment and a presentation for improvement based on information and data from the center of gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 and the display device 22. Including cases.
  • the display device 22 has a function of displaying the determination result of the fall risk determination block 70 and transmitting the displayed image data to the fall prevention instruction block 90.
  • the fall prevention instruction block 90 receives the determination result transmitted from the fall risk determination block 70 and the image data transmitted from the display device 22, and based on these, improves the fall risk when it is high. It has a function to present exercise, equipment used, etc.
  • the content presented by the fall prevention instruction block 90 is determined on a case-by-case basis using a conventionally known software technique and taking into account the characteristics of the person being measured.
  • the fall prevention instruction block 90 is an information processing apparatus such as a computer, but is not limited thereto. Similar to the fall risk determination block 70, for example, an expert or an operator who has medical knowledge presents necessary judgments and improvements based on information and data from the fall risk determination block 70 and the display device 30. Including the case where it is performed.
  • the fall risk determination block 70 is not limited to an information processing apparatus such as a computer, and can be composed of an expert and an operator with medical knowledge.
  • the fall prevention instruction block 90 also has a function of feeding back the presentation content to the control device 20 via the signal transmission line CL76.
  • step S1 of FIG. 3 measurement by the sensors (1) to (7) is performed by the bone axis determination block 120 of the center of gravity, arch, and foot.
  • the foot determination system 200 a still image and a moving image of the subject's foot are photographed.
  • the foot determination system 200 may take X-ray photographs and X-ray photographs.
  • the toe-to-toe pressure measuring apparatus 300 the pressure between the toes and the adjacent toes (pressure between toes) is measured.
  • the leg force measuring device 400 measures the force sandwiched between the knees of the subject and the force that widens the distance between both legs. Then, the process proceeds to step S2.
  • the center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120 determines the center of gravity, the arch, and the bone axis of the foot from the measurement results of the sensors (1) to (7) of the sole measurement system 100.
  • the subject's abnormality is determined from the center of gravity, arch, and bone axis of the foot.
  • the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 determines the skeleton model of the subject's foot or Acquire and analyze the motion from the skeleton model to determine abnormalities in the toe of the subject.
  • the longitudinal posture control determination block 50 comprehensively determines the muscle strength of the portion below the subject's knee. Then, based on the force measured by the leg force measuring device 400 and the force that is sandwiched between the knees of the subject and the force that widens the distance between the legs, the lateral posture control determination block 60 determines so-called “around the hips” such as the adductor and abductor muscles of the hip joint. ”Judge the muscle strength comprehensively. Then, the process proceeds to step S3.
  • the fall risk determination block 70 determines the subject's center of gravity, arch, and bone axis of the foot, the abnormality determined thereby, the subject's skeletal model, the result of motion analysis, the abnormality determined thereby, and the subject's knee.
  • the risk of the subject falling down while walking or running is determined with reference to the overall muscle strength of the lower part of the subject and the overall muscle strength of the “around the hip” of the subject.
  • the position of the anomaly in the skeleton of the subject's foot (from the sole to the upper part of the heel, for example, below the knee) and its numerical value (related to the subject's skeleton model and motion analysis results), Ability to control fore-and-aft posture (related to the muscle strength of the lower part of the subject's knee), Lateral posture control ability (muscle strength in the so-called “around the hip” muscles), Taking all of the above into consideration, the subject's risk of falling is determined. Then, the process proceeds to step S4.
  • step S4 when the fall risk is high, the fall prevention instruction block 90 presents exercises, appliances, and the like for improving the fall risk. For example, in the case of “flat feet”, a device for providing an arch on the insole (providing a device for improving flat feet) is presented.
  • a device for preventing difficulty in walking and running due to the abnormality is presented based on the position and numerical value of the abnormality in the skeleton of the subject's foot (from the sole to the upper part of the heel, for example, below the knee). Further, when the ability of posture control in the front-rear direction is inferior or when the ability of posture control ability control in the lateral direction is reduced, an instrument and a gymnastic for improving it are presented.
  • the fall prevention instruction block 90 receives the comparison result transmitted from the comparison block 210H of the skeletal model creation and motion analysis block 210, and improves, treats, and suppresses abnormalities in the foot based on the comparison result.
  • the fall prevention instruction block 90 receives data relating to the quantification and quantification of the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part transmitted from the skeletal model creation and motion analysis block 210, and improves the abnormality of the foot based on the data. It is possible to present devices and exercises suitable for treatment and suppression.
  • the level of the skeleton model creation and analysis result of the motion analysis block 210 (image data analysis level, stereoscopic image analysis level, skeleton model analysis level, stereoscopic image motion analysis level, skeleton model motion analysis level) is set. Accordingly, it is possible to present equipment and exercises for improving, treating, and suppressing abnormalities in the foot.
  • the fall prevention instruction block 90 provides the ability of posture control in the front-rear direction based on the muscle strength of the lower part of the subject's knee and the posture control ability in the lateral direction based on the muscle strength of the subject “around the hip”. Considering this, equipment that prevents the subject from falling, or gymnastics and exercise that can compensate for weak muscle strength or ability are presented.
  • the subject's center of gravity, arch, and bone axis of the foot and the abnormality determined thereby, the subject's skeleton model, the result of motion analysis, and the abnormality determined thereby.
  • the subject is walking or running The risk of falling can be determined.
  • the position of the anomaly in the skeleton of the subject's foot (from the sole to the upper part of the heel, for example, below the knee) and its numerical value (related to the subject's skeleton model and motion analysis results), Ability to control fore-and-aft posture (related to the muscle strength of the lower part of the subject's knee), Lateral posture control ability (muscle strength in the so-called “around the hip” muscles), It is possible to determine an abnormality in all of the subjects and determine a subject's risk of falling. After comprehensively determining the subject's fall risk, if the fall risk is high, exercise, equipment used, etc. for improving it can be presented.
  • the sole measurement system 100 includes an insole (or a shoe) that is a member that contacts the sole of the foot, and a center of gravity, an arch, and a bone axis determination block of a bone via a signal transmission line CL100 (including wireless). Information can be transmitted to the control device 120.
  • the insole (or shoes) is composed of an insole 110R for the right foot and an insole 110L for the left foot.
  • the insole 110R, 110L seven predetermined positions (R1) to (R7), (L1) to (L7) Sensors R1 to R7 and L1 to L7 are installed.
  • the “predetermined position” or the “sensor” installed at the predetermined position is represented by the same reference numeral, and is indicated by reference numerals (R1) to (R7) and (L1) to (L7), respectively. ing.
  • the measurement results from the sensors R1 to R7 and L1 to L7 are transmitted to the center of gravity / arch / bone axis determination block 120 by radio (line).
  • radio line
  • an aspect in which the measurement result is wirelessly transmitted from the sensors R1 and L1 (representing each sensor) to the block 120 is indicated by arrows SR1 and SL1 (wireless signal lines). It should be noted that when the measurement results are transmitted from the sensors R1 to R7 and L1 to L7 to the block 120, it is also possible to perform the measurement by wire.
  • FIG. 5 shows the right foot (the position of sensors (1) to (7) in the insole 110R for the right foot or the shoe), but the position of the sensor in the insole 110L (or the shoe) for the left foot or the left foot is shown in FIG. It is a position symmetrical to the position indicated by.
  • the positions of the sensors 1 to 7 are defined from the skeleton structure of the side of the human foot. Therefore, FIG. 5 shows the skeleton of the foot (FIG. 5 shows the skeleton of the right foot).
  • the position where the sensor 1 is disposed is a rib bulge. More preferably, position (1) is the center of the heel bone. In determining the position (1), when the rib bulge is displaced outward (the fifth metatarsal side, that is, the little finger side in FIG. 5), the amount (the amount displaced outward) is measured. The position is set as possible. Normally, if the rib bulge is displaced, it is on the outside of the foot (the little finger side) and does not come off the inside of the foot (the first metatarsal side, that is, the thumb side in FIG. 5).
  • the position where the sensor 2 is disposed is a position corresponding to the cubic bone. However, it may be slightly outside the center of the cubic bone (the little finger side: the region of the fifth metatarsal bone).
  • the position where the sensor 3 is disposed is a position corresponding to the fifth metatarsal head.
  • the fifth metatarsal head which is the root of the fifth metatarsal, is a “location where weight is applied during walking”.
  • the force acting on “the place where weight is applied during walking” can be measured. So there is no problem.
  • the fifth peripheral bone (toe side bone) does not bear weight, it is inconvenient to attach the sensor to a position shifted to the fifth peripheral bone side (toe side) from the fifth metatarsal head.
  • the position at which the sensor 4 is disposed is a region that reaches the ground when walking on the thumb contact surface, that is, the tip of the thumb.
  • the reason for arranging the sensor 4 at the position (4) is that it is necessary to measure the force acting on the position (4) in order to obtain the kicking strength during walking.
  • the position (4) is not specified by the name of the bone, but is specified as the “finger ground contact surface” as described above. If the position of the sensor 4 deviates from the thumb contact surface, it is inconvenient because the strength of kicking out during walking cannot be measured. As will be described later, the measurement results of the sensor 4 arranged at the position (4) are not used to specify (determine) the “foot bone axis”, “arch”, and “center of gravity”.
  • the position where the sensor 5 is disposed is a position corresponding to the first metatarsal head. It is the so-called “thumb ball” part of the first metatarsal side that weighs during walking. For this reason, it is necessary to prevent the sensor 5 from being attached to the “finger ball”. This is because the ball ball takes weight.
  • the position where the sensor 6 is disposed (the position indicated by reference numeral (6) in FIG. 5) is a position corresponding to the intermediate wedge bone.
  • the position where the sensor 6 is arranged is sandwiched between a straight line L ⁇ connecting the second finger (index finger) from the position (1) where the sensor 1 is arranged and a straight line L ⁇ connecting the fourth finger (ring finger) from the position (1).
  • What is necessary is just the area of three wedge-shaped bones in the area.
  • it is inconvenient to install the sensor 6 because the region closer to the thumb than the straight line L ⁇ connecting the position (1) and the second finger (index finger) may become an arch.
  • the arrangement position of the sensor 6 is determined as described above.
  • a vertical arch AR1, an outer arch AR2, and a horizontal arch AR3 there are three types of foot arches: a vertical arch AR1, an outer arch AR2, and a horizontal arch AR3.
  • the longitudinal arch AR1 extends from the vicinity of the position (1) representing the rib protuberance in FIG. 5 to the vicinity of the position (5) representing the first metatarsal head
  • the outer arch AR2 is the heel in FIG. It extends from the vicinity of the position (1) representing the bone protuberance to the vicinity of the position (3) representing the fifth metatarsal head.
  • the lateral arch AR3 extends from the vicinity of the position (5) representing the first metatarsal head in FIG. 5 to the vicinity of the position (3) representing the fifth metatarsal head.
  • the arches AR1 to AR3 can absorb the impact on the sole when walking.
  • the center of gravity the pressure center of the sole at the moment: the center of gravity of the center of gravity
  • the trajectory can be specified (determined).
  • the position where the sensor 7 is arranged is the second metatarsal head (base portion of the second finger (index finger)) and the third metatarsal head (third finger ( It is located in the area between the base part of the middle finger).
  • the barycentric line passes along the line connecting the heel and the second finger (line L ⁇ in FIG. 5).
  • the region closer to the first finger (thumb side) than the second finger deviates from the barycentric line, so it is inconvenient to provide the sensor 7. Since the weight is on the inner side of the center line of the foot, if the position (7) of the sensor 7 is on the outer side of the center line of the foot, the weighted state cannot be detected.
  • the measuring device is configured to measure the force acting on the position by the sensors 1 to 7 arranged at the positions (1) to (7) described above. It is possible not only to measure the state of standing at a predetermined position, but also to measure the state of walking. Items that can be found by measuring the forces acting on the positions (1) to (7) and analyzing them by the block 120 are exemplified below (in addition to specifying the arch type). First, since there are individual differences in foot flexibility, there are also individual differences in the flexibility of the arch shown in FIG. By analyzing the measurement results at the positions (2), (6), and (7), the flexibility of the arch can be understood.
  • a “high arch” when standing still may result in a “flat foot” when walking (when the arch is soft).
  • “normal” when standing and stationary but a “high arch” when walking (when the arch is hard).
  • the center of gravity (the pressure center of the sole at the moment) and the arch shape are appropriately set.
  • the force acting on the positions (2), (6), (7) is not measured, for example, when only the force acting on the positions (1), (3), (5) is measured, It is impossible to identify the arch.
  • the forces acting on the positions (2), (6) and (7) are measured, so that It enables identification.
  • the vertical arch AR1 and the outer arch AR2 can be determined from the measurement results of the positions (2) and (6), and the state of the arch can be grasped from the vertical arch AR1.
  • the lateral arch AR3 can be specified based on the measurement results at the positions (3), (7), and (5).
  • the measurement result of the position (7) is indispensable for determining the lateral arch AR3.
  • the “foot bone axis” is an axis that penetrates the position (1) representing the rib bulge and the talus, and shear force is applied to the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), and (7).
  • the sensors 1, 2, 3, 5, and 7 By providing the sensors 1, 2, 3, 5, and 7 and analyzing the measurement result, it is possible to accurately grasp the movement in the “foot bone axis”. This will also be described later with reference to FIG.
  • Positions (1), (2), (3), (5), and (7) are the most moving parts at the bottom of the foot, so if you determine the shear force at these five places, analyze the movement of the “foot bone axis” Easy to do.
  • the displacement of the ribs and the like while walking Speed, force (change in load), direction, twist, etc. can be evaluated. Further, the movement of the foot bone axis depends on the flexibility of the joint of the sole.
  • a “shear force sensor” in place of the pressure sensor at the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), and (7).
  • the force acting axis SH1 of FIG. It is necessary to measure the force indicated by the arrow AH at the lower end (including the force in the direction perpendicular to the paper surface). Therefore, it is preferable to install a shear force sensor capable of measuring such force at the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), and (7).
  • the pressure sensor can measure only the vertical load (symbol P) of the vertical axis SH2. Therefore, it is inconvenient to measure the force acting on the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), (7).
  • the movement of the “foot bone axis” can be accurately performed.
  • I can grasp it. For example, it can be determined from the bone axis of the foot whether or not the bone of the heel is valgus.
  • a load is applied to the positions (2) and (3), the knee is twisted during walking (pronation moment is generated), and in the future There is a risk of complaining of knee pain in a so-called “knee rub” condition.
  • it is possible to determine whether or not there is a risk of knee pain by measuring whether or not a load is applied to the positions (2) and (3). This will also be described later with reference to FIG.
  • reference lines L5L and L5R represent the central axis (indicated by a broken line) of the leg L that is continuous with the bone axis of the foot F (indicated by a solid line).
  • the reference lines L5L and L5R when the heel is bent (extroverted), the heel is hard (the range of motion of the joint around the heel is limited) and bent outward (little finger side). Therefore, the value of the shear force at the position (1) is small. In the case shown in FIG. 8 (a state where the heel is hard and does not bend outward), stress may be applied to the knee and pain may develop.
  • the movement of the heel can be restricted by adjusting the height of the outside of the shoe, the height of the inside of the shoe, or the height of the heel itself, and it can be brought close to the normal center of gravity line. . Therefore, knee pain is also reduced. This will be described later with reference to FIG.
  • the value of the pressure at the position (4) has no relation to the specification of the arch, the bone axis of the leg, and the center of gravity line.
  • the pressure value at the position (4) is large, it means that the toes are used effectively during walking and the force to kick the ground is large.
  • the stride is large, the walking speed is high, and the clearance (toe and ground contact surface during walking) The distance to the is also large. Therefore, walking is stable and there is little risk of falls during walking.
  • the measurement result of the position (4) is used for determining the walking function and determining the possibility of falling during walking.
  • the configuration and function (action) of the centroid / arch / bone bone axis determination block 120 shown in FIG. 4 will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • FIG. 9 showing the functional blocks of the illustrated center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120
  • the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 (the portion surrounded by the broken line)
  • the block 120A includes a centroid line determination block 120B that determines a centroid line that is the locus of the centroid point, an arch determination block 120C, a bone axis determination block 120D, a determination block 120E, and a storage block 120F.
  • the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 is connected to the fall risk determination block 70 by the information signal line IL110.
  • the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 is connected to the display device 22 by an information signal line IL109.
  • the center-of-gravity point determination block 120A includes measurement signals (positions (1), (2), (3), (7)) from the sensors 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, and 7 via the input-side interface 120I and the information signal line IL101. 5), (6), and (7) are received (measurement results of pressure or shear force) and have a function of obtaining the center of gravity (COP). Information on the center of gravity point (the center of pressure on the sole of the foot at the moment) determined by the center of gravity point determination block 120A is transmitted to the center of gravity line determination block 120B via the information signal line IL102.
  • center-of-gravity point determination block 120A determines the center-of-gravity point (COP), it is determined on a case-by-case basis using conventionally known software technology and taking into account the characteristics of the person being measured. The same applies to the center-of-gravity line determination block 120B, the arch determination block 120C, and the bone axis determination block 120D described later.
  • COP center-of-gravity point
  • the barycentric line determination block 120B has a function of receiving the barycentric point (COP) information from the barycentric point determining block 120A via the information signal line IL102 and determining the barycentric line that is the locus of the barycentric point.
  • the information on the centroid line determined by the centroid line determination block 120B is transmitted to the determination block 120E via the information signal line IL103.
  • the arch determination block 120C receives the measurement signals (positions (1), (2), (3), (7) from the sensors 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 through the input side interface 120I and the information signal line IL104. 5), (6), and (7) pressure and shear force measurement values) are received, and an arch is determined based thereon.
  • the positions and shapes of the vertical arch AR1, the outer arch AR2, and the horizontal arch AR3 constituting the arch are specified, and the arch is determined.
  • Information on the vertical arch AR1, the outer arch AR2, and the horizontal arch AR3 determined by the arch determination block 120C is transmitted to the determination block 120E via the information signal line IL105.
  • the bone axis determination block 120D includes measurement signals (positions (1), (2), (3), (5)) from the sensors 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 via the input-side interface 120I and the information signal line IL106. , (7) (measurement values of pressure and shear force), and the movement of the bone axis of the foot is grasped to determine the bone axis of the foot. Information on the bone axis of the foot determined by the bone axis determination block 120D is transmitted to the determination block 120E via the information signal line IL107.
  • the memory block 120F stores data (normal values) when the center of gravity point, the center of gravity line, the arch, and the bone axis of the foot are considered to be “normal” (normal value).
  • the storage block 120F stores a threshold value of the load acting on the positions (2) and (3), a threshold value of the shearing force applied to the position (1), and the like.
  • the threshold value of the load acting on the positions (2) and (3) is used in the determination block 120E to determine the hardness (flexibility) of the arch.
  • the threshold value of the shearing force applied to the position (1) is used in the determination block 120E to determine whether or not the heel is valgus.
  • the determination block 120E has a function of determining whether or not the centroid line determined by the centroid line determination block 120B is normal and the centroid line is not normal compared to normal value data (received from the storage block 120F) of the centroid line In this case, it has a function of determining how abnormal it is (how much it deviates from the normal state) (see steps S102 and S103 in FIG. 10).
  • the determination result of the determination block 120E is transmitted to the display device 122 and displayed via the output side interface 120O and the information signal line IL109. At the same time, it is transmitted to the fall risk determination block 70 via the output side interface 120O and the information signal line IL110.
  • the determination block 120E determines whether or not the arches (vertical arch AR1, outer arch AR2, lateral arch AR3) determined by the arch determination block 120C are normal compared to normal value data (received from the storage block 120F). And a function of determining how abnormal the arch is when it is not normal (how much it is deformed compared to a normal arch) (step S102 in FIG. 10). (See S103). Then, the determination block 120E compares the measured value of the load applied to the positions (2) and (3) with the threshold value of the load (received from the storage block 120F), and determines the hardness (flexibility) of the arch. It has a function to judge. This function will be described later with reference to FIG.
  • the determination block 120E compares the measured value of the force acting on the position (2) with the measured value of the force acting on the position (6) to determine the type of arch (“flat foot”, “normal”, “high arch”). It has the function to judge. This function will be described later with reference to FIG.
  • the determination result regarding the arch by the determination block 120E is transmitted and displayed on the display device 22 via the output side interface 120O and the information signal line IL109. At the same time, it is transmitted to the fall risk determination device 70 via the output side interface 120O and the information signal line IL110.
  • the determination block 120E has a function of determining whether or not the bone axis of the foot determined by the bone axis determination block 120D is normal compared to the normal value data of the bone axis (received from the storage block 120F), and the bone of the foot When the axis is not normal, it has a function of determining the degree of abnormality (how much the foot bone axis is deformed compared to the normal case) (steps S102 and S103 in FIG. 10). reference). In addition, the determination block 120E compares the measured value of the shear force applied to the position (1) with a threshold value of the shear force (received from the storage block 120F) for determining whether or not the heel is valgus.
  • the determination result regarding the bone axis by the determination block 120E is transmitted and displayed on the display device 22 via the output side interface 120O and the information signal line IL109. At the same time, it is transmitted to the fall risk determination device 70 via the output side interface 120O and the information signal line IL110.
  • measurement signals from the sensors 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, and 7 are transmitted via the input-side interface 120I and the information signal line IL111. Is transmitted to the decision block 120E. In other words, in the control described later with reference to FIGS.
  • the measurement signals from the sensors 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, and 7 are the centroid point determination block 120 ⁇ / b> A, the centroid line determination block 120 ⁇ / b> B, The arch determination block 120C and the bone axis determination block 120D are not routed.
  • the display device 22 has a function of displaying the determination result transmitted from the determination block 120E. Specifically, “whether the subject's center of gravity is normal”, “how abnormal if the center of gravity is not normal”, “whether the subject's arch (vertical arch, outer arch, lateral arch) is normal ”,“ How abnormal is the arch when it is not normal ”,“ Is the subject's foot bone axis normal or not ”,“ How much is abnormal when the foot bone axis is not normal ” It has a function to display including data.
  • the display device 22 determines, as the determination result of the determination block 120E, “arch hardness (flexibility)”, “arch type (flat feet, normal, high arch)”, and “whether the heel is valgus”. , It has a function to display including image data.
  • the display device 22 also has a function of transmitting the image data to the fall prevention instruction block 90 via the information transmission line CL76 (FIG. 2).
  • the fall prevention instruction block 90 receives the judgment result transmitted from the fall risk judgment block 70 and the image data transmitted from the display device 22, and based on these, the judgment result is “not normal. In this case, it has a function of presenting exercises, appliances, etc. for improving the situation (see FIGS. 10 to 13).
  • FIG. 10 measures the force acting on the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), (6), and (7), and the center of gravity (the center of pressure on the sole) is measured from the measurement result. ), Centroid line, arch, and bone axis of the foot are determined, whether the centroid line, arch, and bone axis of the foot are normal or not, exercise to suppress abnormalities, and control to design and determine the equipment used are shown ing.
  • step S101 the force acting on the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), (6), (7) by the sensors 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 is applied. measure. Then, the process proceeds to step S102.
  • step S102 forces (pressure, shear) acting on the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), (6), and (7) in step S1 in the barycentric point determination block 120A (FIG. 9). Based on the measurement result of the force), the center of gravity point (center of pressure on the sole) is determined, and further, the center of gravity line that is the locus of the center of gravity point is determined in the center of gravity line determination block 120B (FIG. 9).
  • step S102 in the arch determination block 120C (FIG. 9), the measurement result of the force acting on the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), (6), and (7) in step S101.
  • step S102 in the bone axis determination block 120D (FIG. 9), positions (1), (2), (3), Based on the measurement results of the forces acting on (5) and (7), the bone axis of the foot is determined.
  • step S103 the center of gravity line, the arch (vertical arch AR1, outer arch AR2, lateral arch AR3), and the bone axis of the foot determined in step S102 are stored in the storage block 120F (FIG. 9). Compared with the data of the line, arch, and bone axis, it is determined whether or not the subject's center of gravity line, arch, and bone axis are normal based on the comparison result, and if abnormal, the degree of abnormality is determined. In step S104, if any of the subject's center of gravity line, arch, or bone axis is determined to be abnormal in step S103, design and determine a suitable exercise, use instrument, etc. to suppress and improve the abnormality, Present. And control is complete
  • FIG. 6 Another example of an abnormality analysis of the foot by the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 will be described mainly with reference to FIG.
  • the types related to the arch of the subject are “flat feet” and “normal” in relation to the vertical arch AR1. And “High Arch”.
  • step S ⁇ b> 111 forces (for example, pressure and shear force) acting on the positions (2) and (6) are measured by the sensors 2 and 6. Then, the process proceeds to step S112.
  • step S112 the force acting on the position (2) measured in step S111 is compared with the force acting on the position (6), and the force acting on the position (2) acts on the position (6). It is judged whether or not it is greater than the force to be applied. As a result of the comparison in step S112, when the force acting on the position (2) is larger than the force acting on the position (6) (step S112 is “Yes”), the process proceeds to step S113.
  • step S113 the subject's arch does not correspond to a flat foot or a high arch, and is determined to be “normal”, and the control ends.
  • step S112 As a result of the comparison in step S112, the force acting on the position (2) is substantially equal to the force acting on the position (6), or the force acting on the position (2) is smaller than the force acting on the position (6).
  • step S112 is “No (position (2) ⁇ position (6))”
  • step S114 it is determined that the subject's arch corresponds to “flat feet”.
  • the fall prevention instruction block 90 FIG. 2
  • step S112 when neither the force acting on the position (2) nor the force acting on the position (6) is detected (step S112 is “No (position (2), force at position (6) is detected). Z))), the process proceeds to step S115.
  • step S115 it is determined that the subject's arch corresponds to the “high arch”, and the control is terminated.
  • other positions (1), (3), (5), (7) other than (2) and (6) as necessary. It is necessary to refer to the measurement results of the force (pressure, shear force) acting on The same applies to the control of FIGS. 12 and 13 described later.
  • FIG. 12 Another example of the abnormality analysis of the foot by the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 will be described mainly with reference to FIG.
  • the flowchart in FIG. 12 determines whether or not there is such a fear. Therefore, the force acting on the positions (2) and (3) is measured, and if the measured force is large, a determination such as “the arch is hard and the knee may be twisted during walking” is performed.
  • a device for exercise and use for suppressing “twisting the knee while walking (pronation moment occurs)” is presented.
  • step S ⁇ b> 121 forces (pressure, shear force) acting on the positions (2) and (3) are measured by the sensors 2 and 3. Then, the process proceeds to step S122.
  • step S122 based on the force acting on the positions (2) and (3) measured in step S121, it is determined whether or not a large load is applied to the positions (2) and (3). Such determination is based on, for example, measurement results of forces acting on the positions (2) and (3), various data when the knee is twisted during walking (pronation moment is generated), and measurement data of the subject. This is performed by comparing with a comprehensively determined threshold value.
  • step S122 When it is determined in step S122 that a large load (to be dealt with) is applied to the positions (2) and (3) (step S122 is “Yes”), the process proceeds to step S123. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S122 that a large load (which should be dealt with) is not applied to the positions (2) and (3) (step S122 is “No”), the control is terminated.
  • step S123 when it is determined that a large load (which should be dealt with) is applied to the positions (2) and (3)), “the arch is stiff and the bone axis of the foot does not move inward (therefore, the O leg). It makes me feel and my legs bend outward). Then, the process proceeds to step S124. In step S124, it is determined that the subject is “twisting the knee while walking (pronation moment is generated)” at the present or in the future. There is a risk of complaining of knee pain. " Then, the process proceeds to step S125.
  • step S125 an improvement measure or a countermeasure for the case where the knee is twisted (pronation moment is generated) during walking and there is a possibility of complaining of knee pain in a so-called “knee rubbing” state in the future is presented.
  • the foot bone axis is easily moved inward or the foot bone axis is outside. Presenting a gymnastics to restrain the movement and encourage the movement to the inside.
  • Step S125 includes a case where not only the information processing apparatus but also an expert or doctor receives the determination results of steps S123 and S124 and makes a presentation.
  • FIG. 8 shows a diagrammatic representation of the abnormal analysis of the foot by the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 mainly with reference to FIG.
  • the heel is bent (turned outward)
  • the heel is hard and does not bend outward (the little finger side)
  • the value of the shear force at the position (1) becomes small.
  • the shearing force acting on the position (1) is measured, and when the shearing force is small, it is determined that “the heel is bent (turned outward) and the heel does not bend outward”. Then, it presents gymnastics and appliances to suppress it.
  • step S131 the shear force acting on the position (1) is measured by the sensor 1. Then, the process proceeds to step S132.
  • step S132 it is determined whether or not the shear force acting on the position (1) measured in step S131 is equal to or less than a threshold value N.
  • the threshold value N is comprehensively determined based on accumulated data relating to hallux valgus and measurement data of the subject. If the shearing force acting on the position (1) is equal to or less than the threshold value N in step S132 (step S132 is “Yes”), the process proceeds to step S133. On the other hand, when the shearing force acting on the position (1) is larger than the threshold value N in step S132 (step S132 is “No”), the control is terminated.
  • step S133 when the shearing force acting on the position (1) is equal to or less than the threshold value N), the test subject's “the heel is bent (upside down), the heel is hard and does not bend outward (the little finger side). It is judged as “state”. Then, the process proceeds to step S134.
  • step S134 when the heel is hard and does not bend outward, stress may be applied to the knee and pain may develop. Therefore, in step 1S34, since the heel is hard and does not bend outward, an improvement measure or a coping method when there is a risk of stress on the knee and the onset of pain is presented.
  • step S134 for example, an insole or a shoe with a gap on the outside of the bag is presented. In the shoe or insole, by adjusting the height of the outside of the shoe, the height of the inside of the shoe, or the height of the heel itself, the movement of the heel can be limited and brought close to the normal center of gravity line. Therefore, knee pain is also reduced.
  • the sole measuring system 100 can also improve the hallux valgus.
  • a large load is applied to the position (7), and the ground is strongly kicked at the position (3). Therefore, the force of kicking the ground at the position (5) is suppressed, the shoes and the insole are devised so that the load related to the position (7) is appropriate, the device is proposed, or the ground at the position (5) is It is possible to propose an exercise program that suppresses the kicking force and makes the load related to the position (7) appropriate.
  • the foot measurement system 100 and the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 determine the center of gravity of the foot, the arch, and the bone axis of the foot, and “the center of gravity line of the foot” which is the locus of the center of gravity of the foot.
  • various abnormalities abnormalities other than knee osteoarthritis and hallux phalanges
  • parameters for determining various abnormalities other than knee osteoarthritis and hallux valgus parameters other than foot pressure distribution such as foot center of gravity, arch, and foot bone axis are used. Yes.
  • the sensors 1 to 7 are set to the rib raised portion (position 1), the cubic bone (position 2), and the fifth metatarsal head (position). 3) Since the first metatarsal head (position 5), the intermediate wedge bone (position 6), and the lateral foot arch center (position 7) are provided, the center of gravity of the foot, the arch, and the bone axis of the foot are provided. Can be determined accurately. Then, the “foot barycentric line” that is the trajectory of the barycentric point can be easily obtained.
  • the sensors 1 to 7 are provided on the members that contact the soles of shoes or soles that contact the feet of the subject.
  • the structure which contacts a test subject can be reduced in size. Therefore, it does not give extra stress to the person being measured like a large-sized device, and therefore accurate measurement is possible.
  • the device is downsized, it is possible to directly measure the force (shearing force or pressure) acting on the above-described position while exercising (for example, during walking). Unlike the prior art, it is not necessary to estimate the sole pressure during walking from the sole pressure in a stationary state. In particular, in the case shown in FIG.
  • the measurement results are transmitted by wire.
  • measurement results can be easily transmitted while the subject is exercising (for example, walking), and analysis is easily performed.
  • the pressure value on the thumb contact surface (position 4) when the pressure value on the thumb contact surface (position 4) is large, it means that the toes are used effectively during walking and the force to kick the ground is large. That is, if the pressure value on the thumb contact surface (position 4) is large, it means that the toes are used effectively during walking and the force to kick the ground is large. Therefore, if other conditions are the same, when the pressure value on the thumb contact surface (position 4) is large, the stride is large, the walking speed is fast, and the clearance (distance between the toe and the contact surface) is also large. Become. Therefore, walking is stable and there is little risk of falls during walking. In the sole measurement system 100, since the sensor 4 is provided on the thumb contact surface (position 4), in addition to the abnormality of the foot, the walking function can be determined and the possibility of falling during walking can be determined.
  • the test subject is “flat foot”, “normal”, Which of the “high arch” is applicable can be specified (FIG. 8). Furthermore, from the measured values of the force acting on the positions (2) and (3), it is possible to determine whether or not “the knee is twisted while walking because the arch is stiff”, and the exercise and equipment used Can also be presented (FIG. 12). In addition, from the measured value of the shear force acting on the position (1), it is possible to determine whether or not “the heel is bent (valgus) and the heel does not bend outward”.
  • FIG. 8 shows the case of valgus, but the sole measurement system and the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 can cope with varus.
  • a foot determination system 200 includes a table 201 that is an imaging location where both feet of the subject M can be placed, an imaging device 202 that captures an image of the subject M (for example, a camera: the same applies hereinafter), and an imaging device 202 ( It has a skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 which is an analysis device for analyzing image data of a subject M photographed by a camera.
  • a rail 204 is arranged concentrically with the table 201 around the table 201 (photographing location).
  • a camera 202 is movably installed on the rail 204.
  • the camera 202 is provided with a drive mechanism (traveling mechanism), and the camera 202 moves on the rail 204 as indicated by an arrow AR by the drive mechanism (not shown). Move fast. Here, it may be non-uniform movement or intermittent movement. While the camera 202 moves on the rail 204 at a constant speed, for example, every time the camera 202 moves by a distance corresponding to the central angle of the concentric rail 204 of 30 ° (rail) (Every time the camera 2 moves by a circumferential interval equal to 12 in the circumferential direction on 204), the camera 202 captures a still image at that moment.
  • a drive mechanism traveling mechanism
  • the camera 202 moves on the rail 204 as indicated by an arrow AR by the drive mechanism (not shown). Move fast.
  • it may be non-uniform movement or intermittent movement.
  • the camera 202 moves on the rail 204 at a constant speed, for example, every time the camera 202 moves by a distance corresponding to the central angle of the concentric rail 204 of 30 °
  • the camera 202 shoots from a position of about 30 ° upward from the horizontal direction, not a position just beside the top surface of the table 201 (horizontal position: the same position in the vertical direction). Is preferred. The same applies to videos. This is because if the subject 201 is photographed from a position of about 30 ° upward from the horizontal direction with respect to the top surface of the table 201, the eyelid of the subject M can be easily photographed and the foot feature points can be easily obtained.
  • the surface (especially the top surface) of the base 201 is preferably provided with a geometric pattern (for example, a so-called “mosaic pattern”) in order to make it difficult to disturb the feature points of the foot.
  • the camera 202 has a function of shooting a moving image as well as a function of shooting a still image.
  • the subject M placed on the table 201 has a state in which the sole is in close contact with the table (so-called “solid foot” state) and a state in which the heel is lifted up as much as possible (so-called “toe standing” state). repeat.
  • the camera 202 shoots a still image while moving on the rail 204 around the table 201, while the subject M has his sole in close contact with the table (solid foot) and a state where the heel is lifted up as much as possible ( Take a video of how to repeat the toe.
  • a portion corresponding to the toe of the subject M's foot on the table 201 may be configured to be movable downward, and the motion of the subject M raising and lowering the toe may be captured as a still image and a moving image. Since the action of raising and lowering the toes is not muscle driven, it is preferable for determining skeletal abnormalities.
  • the camera 202 has light of a specific wavelength ( You may attach the filter which permeate
  • a new reference point is set by adding information on light of a specific wavelength (light of a specific color) from outside the system 200 or by attaching a marker to the skin of the subject M.
  • a marker for example, a marker that reacts to near infrared light or ultraviolet light can be used.
  • a plurality of (for example, two) cameras are prepared, and one camera is on the rail 204.
  • the still camera may be photographed at regular intervals while moving the camera, and the other camera may be photographed while moving on the rail 204.
  • the camera 202 is moving around the base 201 (on the rail 204) at a constant speed.
  • the camera 202 is fixed at a predetermined position (fixed point) and the base 201 is fixed. May be rotated at a constant speed (that is, rotating). Also in this case, it may be an inconstant speed movement or an intermittent movement.
  • Still image data and moving image data captured by the camera 202 are transmitted to the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210.
  • the camera 202 and the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 are Connected wirelessly.
  • the still image data and the moving image data are transmitted from the camera 202 to the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 by wireless.
  • the camera 202 and the skeletal model creation and motion analysis block 210 are connected by a signal line SR.
  • the signal line SR includes both wireless and wired, and still image data and moving image data are skeleton.
  • the data is transmitted to the model creation and motion analysis block 210 by radio or wire.
  • the camera 202 when the camera 202 is fixed at a fixed point and the base 201 is rotated at a fixed speed (rotation) at the fixed position, the still image data and the moving image data are wired (for example, for signal transmission). Cable) to the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210. Also in this case, it is possible to transmit data wirelessly.
  • a skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 shown in FIG. 14 will be described with reference to FIGS. 15 and 16.
  • a skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 surrounded by a broken line includes a stereoscopic image creation block 210A, a stereoscopic image motion analysis block 210B, a skeleton model creation block 210C, a skeleton model motion analysis block 210D, It has an abnormal site identification block 210E, an abnormal site quantification block 210F, a storage block 210F, and a comparison block 210H.
  • Reference numerals 210I and 210O denote an input side interface and an output side interface, respectively.
  • the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 is connected to the display device 22 via information signal lines IL216 and IL219, and is connected to the fall risk determination block 70 via information signal lines IL216, 217, IL219 and 220. Yes.
  • the types of information exchanged between the respective blocks via the information signal line are indicated by a symbol “A” for still image data, a symbol “B” for moving image data, and a symbol “C” for stereoscopic image data.
  • the skeleton model data is indicated by a symbol “D”.
  • the stereoscopic image creation block 210A receives still image data captured by the camera 202 via the input-side interface 210I and the information signal line IL201, and based on the still image data, the foot of the subject M (from the sole to the heel) (For example, a part reaching the knee)) (see step S203 in FIG. 16).
  • the still image data is, for example, a still image of the foot part of the subject M (location from the sole to the upper part of the heel and below the knee), and is an image related to the state of the solid foot, the state of standing on the toe, and the state therebetween. Includes images while moving the toes up and down.
  • stereoscopic image creation block 210A When creating a stereoscopic image in the stereoscopic image creation block 210A, for example, existing (commercially available) software is used. Then, in consideration of the characteristics of the subject M and the like, it is created while processing on a case-by-case basis. Also in other blocks described later (stereoscopic image motion analysis block 210B, skeleton model creation block 210C, skeleton model motion analysis block 210D, abnormal site identification block 210E, abnormal site quantification block 210F, storage block 210G, comparison block 210H) Similar to the image creation block 210A, the necessary processing is executed while processing on a case-by-case basis using existing (commercially available) software in consideration of the characteristics of the subject M and the like.
  • the stereoscopic image data created by the stereoscopic image creation block 210A is transmitted to the stereoscopic image motion analysis block 210B via the information signal line IL202, and is transmitted to the skeleton model creation block 210C via the information signal line IL203.
  • the signal is transmitted to the abnormal site identification block 210E via the signal line IL204.
  • the stereoscopic image motion analysis block 210B receives the stereoscopic image data from the stereoscopic image creation block 210A via the information signal line IL202, and at the same time, the moving image data captured by the camera 202 via the input side interface 210I and the information signal line IL205 (
  • the subject M receives moving image data that repeats the state of a solid foot and a toe standing on the table 1, or moving image data that repeats a motion of raising and lowering the toes), and based on the stereoscopic image data and the moving image data, a stereoscopic image (E.g., determining whether there is an abnormality in the heel up / down movement or the toe up / down movement) (see step S ⁇ b> 206 in FIG.
  • the motion analysis data of the stereoscopic image analyzed by the stereoscopic image motion analysis block 210B is transmitted to the comparison block 210H via the information signal line IL206, and the skeleton model motion via the information signal line IL207 branched from the information signal line IL206. It is transmitted to the analysis block 210D.
  • the skeleton model creation block 210C receives the stereoscopic image data from the stereoscopic image creation block 210A via the information signal line IL203, and at the same time, the skeleton model creation block 210C receives the skeleton data from the storage block 210G via the information signal line IL208. (Various skeleton data) is received, and a skeleton model (stereoscopic skeleton image) of the subject's foot is created based on the stereoscopic image data and the skeleton data (FIG. 16). Step S207).
  • the skeletal model data created by the skeletal model creation block 210C is transmitted to the abnormal site specifying block 210E via the information signal line IL209, and is transmitted to the skeletal model motion analysis block 210D via the information signal line IL210.
  • the skeletal model motion analysis block 210D receives the skeleton model data from the skeleton model creation block 210C via the information signal line IL210, and receives moving image data captured by the camera 202 via the input side interface 210I and the information signal line IL211. It has a function of receiving and analyzing the motion of the skeleton model based on the skeleton model data and the moving image data (see step S208 in FIG. 16). Since the motion of the skeletal model is analyzed, unlike a CT scanner, it is possible to more accurately determine the presence or absence of a foot abnormality or the location where a foot abnormality exists.
  • the skeleton model motion analysis block 210D in addition to the skeleton model data and the moving image data, the three-dimensional image motion from the stereoscopic image motion analysis block 210B via the information signal lines IL206 and IL207. Analysis data may be acquired.
  • the motion analysis data of the skeleton model analyzed by the skeleton model motion analysis block 210D is transmitted to the comparison block 210H via the information signal line IL212.
  • the abnormal part specifying block 210E receives the captured image data (still image data and moving image data from the camera 202 via the input-side interface 210I and the information signal line IL213, and the image data (still image data and moving image data). ) Based on the presence / absence and abnormality of the subject M's foot (see step S205 in FIG. 16).
  • the abnormal part specifying block 210E receives the stereoscopic image data from the stereoscopic image creation block 210A via the information signal line IL204, and refers to the stereoscopic image data in addition to the image data (still image data and moving image data) to examine the subject. It is also possible to specify the presence / absence of an abnormality and the abnormal part in M's foot (see step S205 in FIG. 16).
  • the abnormal part specifying block 210E receives the skeletal model data from the skeletal model creation block 210C via the information signal line IL209, and also refers to the skeletal model data to specify whether there is an abnormality in the foot of the subject M and the abnormal part. You can also By using this skeletal model, it is possible to determine abnormalities in the foot that could not be determined only by still images and moving images. Data relating to the abnormal part identified by the abnormal part identification block 210E is transmitted to the abnormal part quantification block 210F via the information signal line IL214.
  • the abnormal part quantification block 210F receives data relating to the abnormal part from the abnormal part specifying block 210E via the information signal line IL214, and quantifies and quantifies the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part based on the data relating to the abnormal part. It has a function.
  • the abnormal part quantification block 210F receives the image data captured by the camera 2 via the input side interface 210I, the information signal line IL213, and the information signal line IL215 branched from the information signal line IL213, and In some cases, the degree of abnormality in an abnormal part is quantified and quantified based on image data (still image data, moving image).
  • Data relating to the quantification and quantification of the degree of abnormality determined by the abnormal part quantification block 210F is transmitted to the display device 22 via the information signal line IL216 and the output side interface 210O, and the information signal line IL216 and output. It is transmitted to the fall risk determination block 70 via the side interface 210O and the information signal line IL217.
  • the memory block 210G stores data on normal foot and skeleton models (normal value data: for example, moving image data of a person having a normal skeleton), and the normal value data is transmitted via the information signal line IL218. It is transmitted to the comparison block 210H and used for comparison by the comparison block 210H.
  • the storage block 210G stores, for example, various data of the existing foot skeleton, and the skeleton data is transmitted to the skeleton model creation block 210C via the information signal line IL208, and the skeleton by the skeleton model creation block 210C. Used for model creation.
  • the comparison block 210H receives the skeletal model motion analysis data from the skeletal model motion analysis block 210D via the information signal line IL212, and the normal foot and skeleton model from the storage block 210G via the information signal line IL218. It has a function of receiving moving image data (normal value data) and comparing motion analysis data of the skeleton model with normal value data (see step S209 in FIG. 16). Further, the comparison block 210H receives the motion analysis data of the stereoscopic image from the stereoscopic image motion analysis block 210B via the information signal line IL206, and normal moving image data of the foot from the storage block 210G via the information signal line IL218.
  • Normal value data is received and the motion analysis data of the stereoscopic image is compared with normal value data.
  • the comparison result between the motion analysis data of the skeleton model and the normal value data in the comparison block 210H and the comparison result of the motion analysis data of the stereoscopic image and the normal value data are displayed via the information signal line IL219 and the output side interface 210O. 22 and the information signal line IL219 and the output side interface 210O and the information signal line IL220 to the fall risk determination block 70.
  • the display device 22 has a function of displaying data relating to quantification and quantification of the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part transmitted from the abnormal part quantification block 210F of the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210.
  • the display device 22 has a function of displaying the comparison result transmitted from the comparison block 210H of the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210. For example, with respect to “whether or not the subject's foot is abnormal and the result of quantitatively and numerically expressing the degree of abnormality”, the comparison with the image analysis result, stereoscopic image analysis result, and skeleton model analysis result by the abnormal part quantification block 210F The stereoscopic image motion analysis result and the skeleton model motion analysis result by the block 210H are displayed.
  • the fall prevention instruction block 90 shown in FIG. 2 receives the comparison result transmitted from the comparison block 210H of the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210, and improves, treats, and suppresses abnormalities of the foot based on the comparison result. It has a function of presenting a suitable device and exercise (see step S210 in FIG. 16).
  • the fall prevention instruction block 90 receives the data regarding the quantification and quantification of the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part transmitted from the abnormal part quantification block 210F of the skeletal model creation and motion analysis block 210, and based on the data, Equipment and exercise suitable for improving, treating, and suppressing abnormalities in the head can also be presented.
  • abnormalities of the foot are improved according to each analysis level (image data analysis level, stereoscopic image analysis level, skeletal model analysis level, stereoscopic image motion analysis level, skeleton model motion analysis level), treatment, It is possible to present a device or exercise to suppress.
  • each analysis level image data analysis level, stereoscopic image analysis level, skeletal model analysis level, stereoscopic image motion analysis level, skeleton model motion analysis level
  • the blocks 210A to 210H of the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 shown in FIG. 15 are configured by an information processing device such as a computer. However, the blocks 210A to 210H may be configured by an operator having other specialized knowledge or other specialists. As described above, the fall prevention instruction block 90 that presents a suitable instrument and exercise for improving, treating, and suppressing abnormalities in the foot is also composed of an information processing machine such as a computer. It is possible to use an operator with other knowledge and other specialists as the fall prevention instruction block 90.
  • step S ⁇ b> 201 the camera 202 captures a still image of the subject M's foot (from the sole to the upper part of the heel and below the knee). Then, the subject M is placed on the table 201 (photographing location, FIG. 14), and the state of the solid foot and the state of standing on the toes is repeated (or the raising and lowering of the toes is repeated).
  • a moving image is shot in step S204. Step S204 will be described later. The shooting of still images and moving images is performed in the manner described with reference to FIG. After shooting the still image in step S201, the process proceeds to step S202.
  • step S202 it is determined whether or not the shooting of the still image in step S201 has been completed and has been shot 360 degrees or over the entire circumference of the rail 204. If still image shooting has not been completed (“No” in step S202), the process returns to step S201, and still image shooting is continued. If the shooting of the still image has been completed (step S202 is “Yes”), the process proceeds to step S203. In step S203, a stereoscopic image is generated based on the captured still image (steps S201 and S202) in the stereoscopic image generation block 210A (FIG. 15) of the skeleton model generation and motion analysis block 210.
  • step S204 which is executed at the same time as capturing a still image in step S201, the camera 202 uses the camera 202 to move a moving image of the foot of the subject M (location from the sole to the upper part of the heel and below the knee). Shooting foot-toe-toe-toe state or moving the toes up and down). Movie shooting is also as described with reference to FIG. Note that step S204 may be performed before or after step S201.
  • step S205 in the abnormal part specifying block 210E (FIG. 15), the presence / absence of an abnormality in the foot of the subject M and the abnormal part are specified based on the still image taken in steps S201 and S202 and the moving picture taken in step S204.
  • the abnormal part specifying block 210E can also specify the presence / absence and abnormal part of the foot of the subject M with reference to the stereoscopic image created in step S203 in addition to the still image and the moving image.
  • the abnormal part quantification block 210F quantifies the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part based on the still image and the moving image based on the data regarding the abnormal part specified by the abnormal part specifying block 210E. Quantification can also be performed.
  • step S206 the stereoscopic image motion analysis block 210B (FIG. 15) performs motion analysis of the stereoscopic image based on the stereoscopic image created in step S203 and the moving image taken in step S204.
  • the result of the motion analysis of the stereoscopic image in step S206 is compared with the normal foot moving image (normal value) stored in the storage block 210G (FIG. 15) (see step S209). ), It is possible to clarify a device and exercise suitable for improving, treating, and suppressing abnormalities in the foot.
  • step S207 in the skeleton model creation block 210C, from the stereoscopic image created in step S203 and the skeleton data stored in the storage block 210G (for example, various data of the skeleton of the existing foot), the foot of the subject M A skeleton model (three-dimensional foot skeleton image) is created. Further, in step S207, with reference to the created skeleton model (in addition to the still image captured in steps S201 and S202 and the moving image captured in step S204), an abnormality in the foot of the subject M is detected in the abnormal region specifying block 210E. After the presence / absence and the abnormal part are specified, the abnormal part quantification block 210F quantifies and quantifies the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part of the foot of the subject M.
  • the abnormal part quantification block 210F quantifies and quantifies the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part of the foot of the subject M.
  • step S208 the skeleton model motion analysis block 210D analyzes the movement of the skeleton model based on the skeleton model created in step S207 and the moving image photographed in step S204.
  • the motion analysis data of the stereoscopic image created in step S206 can be referred to in addition to the skeleton model and the moving image.
  • step S209 in the comparison block 210H, the motion analysis result (analysis data) of the skeleton model analyzed in step S208 is compared with the motion (moving image data, normal value) of the normal skeleton model stored in the storage block 210G.
  • step S210 the fall prevention guidance block 90 (FIG. 2) improves, treats, and suppresses abnormalities in the foot based on the comparison result between the motion of the skeleton model in step S209 and the motion of the normal foot (normal value).
  • the fall prevention instruction block 90 based on the results of quantification and quantification of the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part in step S ⁇ b> 205 and step S ⁇ b> 207, Equipment and exercises suitable for suppression can also be presented.
  • a stereoscopic image of the foot of the subject M is created based on the captured still image, and the subject M's foot data is generated using the stereoscopic image and existing skeleton model data.
  • a foot skeleton model (three-dimensional foot skeleton image) can be created.
  • it is possible to quantify or quantify the anomaly at the anomalous location using a skeleton model).
  • the presence or absence of an abnormality in the foot of the subject M and the abnormal part can be specified, quantified, and quantified with reference to the stereoscopic image.
  • the motion in the skeleton model is analyzed based on the skeleton model and the captured moving image (the subject M repeats the state of the solid foot and the toe-up state on the table 1). I can do it. And by analyzing the motion of the skeletal model and comparing it with normal motion, it is possible to more accurately determine the presence or absence of foot abnormalities or the location where there are foot abnormalities, similar to the application of CT scan technology I can do it. As a result, devices and exercises suitable for improving, treating, and suppressing foot abnormalities can be presented more effectively than in the case based on conventional two-dimensional data.
  • the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. 14 and 15 it is possible to analyze a motion in a stereoscopic image using stereoscopic image data and moving image data. By analyzing the movement of the stereoscopic image and comparing it with a normal motion, it is possible to determine the presence or absence of an abnormality in the foot or the location where the abnormality in the foot exists. When there is an abnormality, it is possible to present a device or exercise suitable for improving, treating, or suppressing the abnormality of the foot. Further, as described above, the presence / absence of abnormality in the foot of the subject M, the abnormal part can be identified, quantified, and quantified based on the skeletal model, the captured still image, the moving image, and the stereoscopic image. Using the identified abnormal part data, quantified and quantified data in the abnormal part, it is possible to present a device and exercise suitable for improving, treating, and suppressing foot abnormalities.
  • a still image obtained by photographing the foot of the subject M from the entire circumference without using a light beam having human body permeability for example, so-called “X-ray”. It is possible to create a stereoscopic image by using it and analyze the movement of the stereoscopic image using the stereoscopic image and a moving image. As a result, it is possible to more accurately determine the presence or absence of a foot abnormality or a location where a foot abnormality exists, as compared to a diagnosis based on a conventional two-dimensional image. Then, the skeleton image of the foot of the subject M can be obtained using the stereoscopic image, similarly to the case of using the CT scan technique. In this case, unlike the case where so-called “X-rays” are used, there is no need to handle radioactive materials, so there is no problem of exposure to operators and the like.
  • foot part determination system 200 of FIG. 14, FIG. 15 is demonstrated.
  • the camera 202 moves around the base 201, or the camera 202 is fixed at a fixed point, and the base 201 rotates, so that one or a plurality of units (for example, Still images and moving images are taken by the two cameras on the entire circumference of the foot of the subject M (for example, 12 places arranged at equal circumferential intervals with a central angle changed by 30 °).
  • the camera 202 or the base 201 (the foot of the subject M on the base) is fixed without rotating (the state where the position of the base 201 and the camera 202 does not change relative to each other).
  • Reference numeral 204A in FIG. 17 is a virtual line extending in the circumferential direction, and twelve cameras 202 are arranged on the virtual line 204A at equal intervals.
  • the skeletal model creation and motion analysis block 210 (see FIG. 1) is not shown.
  • FIGS. 18 to 20 A foot determination system different from the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. 14 to 16 will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the camera 202 used in the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. 14 to 16 has the ability to capture a still image or a moving image, but cannot perform imaging using a light beam or the like having human body permeability.
  • FIGS. 18 to 20 a skeleton photograph of the subject's foot is taken using a light beam having a human body permeability, such as so-called “X-ray”.
  • X-ray so-called “X-ray”.
  • the difference between the foot determination system of FIGS. 18 to 20 and the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. 14 to 16 will be mainly described.
  • the same components as those of the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. 14 to 16 are denoted by the same reference numerals.
  • the foot determination system 201 in FIGS. 18 to 20 includes a table 201 configured to allow the subject M to place both feet, and an imaging device 203 (X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A) that captures an image of the subject M. And an X-ray camera 203B), and a skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 211 for analyzing the image data of the subject M photographed by the imaging device 203.
  • the imaging device 203 has a device 203A (X-ray irradiation mechanism) having a function of irradiating a light ray having a human body permeability and a function of taking an image (X-ray photograph: X-ray photograph) by a light ray having a human body permeability.
  • the imaging device 203 (203A, 203B) is located at a position just beside the top surface of the table 201 (horizontal position: the same in the vertical direction). It is preferable to take a picture from a position of about 30 ° upward from the horizontal direction. The same applies to videos. This is because if the subject 201 is photographed from a position of about 30 ° upward from the horizontal direction with respect to the top surface of the table 201, the eyelid of the subject M can be easily photographed and the foot feature points can be easily obtained. In the foot determination system 201 of FIGS. 18 to 20, it is not necessary to give a geometric pattern to the surface (particularly the top surface) of the table 201.
  • a rail 204 is concentrically arranged around the base 201, and an X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and an X-ray camera 203B are movably provided on the rail 204.
  • the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B have a drive mechanism (traveling mechanism), and the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B move on the rail 204 at a constant speed (arrow AR). ). Also in the foot determination system 201 in FIGS. 18 to 20, such movement is not limited to constant speed movement, and may be non-uniform speed movement, intermittent movement, or the like.
  • the relative positions of the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203 ⁇ / b> A and the X-ray camera 203 ⁇ / b> B are point-symmetric about the stand 201 on the rail 204. Therefore, when X-rays are emitted from the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A, an X-ray photograph of the foot part of the subject M placed on the table 201 (from the sole to the upper part of the heel, for example, below the knee) is obtained by the X-ray camera 203B. Taken.
  • the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B move by a distance corresponding to the center angle of the concentric rail 204 corresponding to 30 ° at predetermined intervals. Every time the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B are moved by a circumferential interval that divides the rail into 12 equal parts, the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B A photograph (still image) can be taken.
  • the X-ray camera 203B has a function of taking a normal moving image as well as taking an X-ray photograph as a still image.
  • the subject M placed on the table 201 has a state in which the sole is in close contact with the table (so-called “solid foot” state) and a state in which the heel is lifted up as much as possible (so-called “toe standing” state). repeat.
  • the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B move on the rail 204 around the table 201 to take an X-ray photograph as a still image, while the subject M is in close contact with the table (solid foot) ) And a state where the heel is lifted up as much as possible (toe standing) as a video.
  • the portion corresponding to the toe of the subject M on the table 201 is configured to be movable downward so that the subject M raises and lowers the toe.
  • the operation to be performed may be taken with an X-ray photograph and a moving image.
  • the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B move on the rail 204 to take X-ray photographs at regular intervals, and the other camera moves on the rail to take a moving image. Composed.
  • the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B are moving around the table 201 at a constant speed.
  • the line camera 203B (and the moving image shooting camera) may be fixed at a fixed point, and the table 201 may be rotated at a constant speed (that is, rotated) at the fixed position. Also in this case, it may be an inconstant speed movement or an intermittent movement.
  • X-ray photograph data and moving image data which are still images taken by the imaging device 203 (X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and X-ray camera 203B), are transmitted to the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 211.
  • the imaging device 203 X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and X-ray camera 203B
  • X-ray photograph data and moving image data are transmitted to the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 211.
  • the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203 ⁇ / b> A and the X-ray camera 203 ⁇ / b> B are installed on the rail 204 and X-ray photography and moving images are taken while moving on the rail 204, X-ray irradiation is performed.
  • the mechanism 203A, the X-ray camera 203B, and the skeleton model creation / motion analysis block 211 are wirelessly connected, and the X-ray photograph data and moving image data are transmitted from the X-ray camera 203B to the skeleton model creation / motion analysis block 211 by radio. .
  • an image in which X-ray photograph data and moving image data are transmitted to the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 211 is indicated by a signal line SR.
  • X-ray photograph data can also be sent to the analysis device 211 by wire (for example, a signal transmission cable).
  • wire for example, a signal transmission cable
  • X-ray photograph data and moving image data can be transmitted to the analysis apparatus 211 by radio.
  • the analysis device 211 shown in FIG. 18 will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the foot determination system 200 shown in FIGS. 14 to 17 no light beam having a human body permeability is used to take an image of the subject M.
  • an X-ray photograph of the subject's ankle is taken using the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B. Therefore, in the foot determination system 201, the skeleton model of the subject M can be directly created from the X-ray photograph taken from the entire circumference of the foot of the subject M, and the motion analysis of the skeleton model is performed.
  • the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 211 (the portion surrounded by a broken line) includes a skeleton model creation block 211A and a skeleton model motion analysis block 211B.
  • Reference numerals 211I and 211O denote an input side interface and an output side interface, respectively.
  • the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 211 is connected to the display device 22 via information signal lines IL229 and IL232, and is connected to the fall risk determination block 70 via information signal lines IL229, 230, IL232, and 233.
  • the information exchanged between the blocks via the information signal line IL is X-ray photograph data indicated by the symbol “A”, moving image data indicated by the symbol “B”, and skeleton model data indicated by the symbol Indicated by “D”.
  • the skeletal model creation block 211A receives X-ray photograph data taken by the X-ray camera 203B via the input-side interface 211I and the information signal line IL221, and based on the X-ray photograph, the foot of the subject M (foot sole) To the upper part of the heel, for example, the part extending from below the knee) (see step S213 in FIG. 20).
  • the skeleton model is created in the skeleton model creation block 211A
  • the skeleton model is created on a case-by-case basis by taking into account the characteristics of the subject M using existing and commercially available software.
  • the various functional blocks 211A to 211F of the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 211 shown in FIG. 19 are configured by an information processing device such as a computer. However, the various functional blocks 211A to 211F can also be configured by an operator having specialized knowledge.
  • step S211 an X-ray photograph (still image) of the foot of the subject M (a part from the sole to the upper part of the heel and below the knee) is taken by the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B.
  • step S212 it is determined whether or not X-ray photography has been taken over 360 degrees. If radiography has not been completed for 360 degrees (“No” in step S212), the process returns to step S211.
  • step S212 If it is completed over 360 degrees (step S212 is “Yes”), the process proceeds to step S213.
  • step S213 in the skeleton model creation block 211A (FIG. 19) of the skeletal model creation and motion analysis block 211, the X-ray photograph taken in steps S211 and S212 (the entire circumference of the rail 204 concentric with the platform 201 on which the subject M is located). Based on the above, a skeleton model is created.
  • step S214 performed simultaneously with step S211 or with a slight time difference, a moving image of the foot of the subject M (a portion from the sole to the upper part of the heel and below the knee) is photographed. Then, the process proceeds to step S215.
  • step S215 based on the X-ray photograph taken in steps S211 and S212 and the moving picture taken in step S14 in the abnormal part specifying block 211C (FIG.
  • step S215 the numerical value of the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part based on the data regarding the abnormal part specified in the abnormal part specifying block 211C in the abnormal part quantification block 211D (FIG. 19) or directly based on the X-ray photograph and the moving image. Quantify and quantify. Then, the process proceeds to step S216.
  • step S216 in the skeleton model motion analysis block 211B, the motion of the skeleton model is analyzed based on the skeleton model created in step S213 and the moving image photographed in step S214. Then, the process proceeds to step S217.
  • step S217 in the comparison block 211F, the motion analysis result (analysis data) of the skeleton model analyzed in step S216 is compared with the motion (moving image data, normal value) of the normal skeleton model stored in the storage block 211E. Then, the process proceeds to step S218.
  • step S218 in the fall prevention instruction block 90 (FIG. 2), based on the comparison result between the skeletal model movement in step S217 and the normal foot movement (normal value), or the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part in step S215. Based on the results of quantification and quantification of the above, instruments and exercises suitable for improving, treating, and suppressing foot abnormalities are presented.
  • the foot determination system 201 in FIGS. 18 to 20 uses the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B, so that X-ray photographs taken from the entire circumference of the foot of the subject M can be easily acquired. I can do it. Then, the skeleton model of the subject M can be directly and easily created from the X-ray photograph as in the case of using the CT scanner. And, unlike the CT scanner, the movement of the skeleton model in the foot of the subject M can also be analyzed, so the presence of an abnormality in the subject M and the quantitative analysis of the abnormality become more accurate, and the subject M is better. Can show suitable equipment and exercise.
  • foot determination system 201 of FIGS. 18 to 20 are the same as those of the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. 13 to 17.
  • a type in which an imaging device (camera or the like) moves on the rail is illustrated, but a type in which the imaging device does not move on the rail, for example, the imaging device floats on the ground or flies.
  • the type of moving is also applicable.
  • the illustrated embodiment is merely an example, and is not a description to limit the technical scope of the present invention.
  • Each determination block 70 is provided with an input / output interface, and the control device 20 is not provided with an input / output interface.
  • the control device 20 is provided with an input / output interface, the center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120, the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 (211), the longitudinal posture control determination block 50, and the lateral posture control determination block.
  • each of the center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120 and the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 includes storage blocks 120F, 210G, and 211E. It is also possible to provide a single storage block at 20 and configure the single storage block to play the illustrated storage blocks 120F, 210G, and 211E.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
  • Physiology (AREA)
  • Dentistry (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Measurement Of The Respiration, Hearing Ability, Form, And Blood Characteristics Of Living Organisms (AREA)
  • Footwear And Its Accessory, Manufacturing Method And Apparatuses (AREA)

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide a system and method that make it possible to analyze abnormalities in the feet, legs, etc. of a subject and to comprehensively analyze the causes of falls. The present invention has: a device (100) that functions to determine a center of gravity, an arch, and a bone axis for a foot (of a subject M) from the force that acts at prescribed locations on the sole of the foot; a device (200) that functions to determine abnormalities from exercise analysis results and a skeleton model of a site (a foot region) that goes from the sole to above the heel; a device (300) that functions to measure the pressure between a toe and a toe that is adjacent thereto (an inter-toe pressure); and a device (400) that functions to measure the muscular strength of pressing something between both legs and the muscular strength of spreading both legs.

Description

転倒解析システム及び解析方法Fall analysis system and analysis method

 本発明は、老若男女が転倒する要因を総合的に解析する技術に関する。 The present invention relates to a technique for comprehensively analyzing factors that cause young and old men and women to fall.

 歩行中或いは走行中に転倒することは、老若男女の別なく生じ得る現象である。
 しかし、転倒することは大事故に繋がる可能性があり、また、老人の場合には深刻な損傷を惹起して、例えば、いわゆる「寝たきり」となる等の甚大な損傷の直接的な原因となる場合が多い。
 そのため、どの様な状態であれば転倒するのかについて、種々の検討が進められている。
Falling down while walking or running is a phenomenon that can occur regardless of age or sex.
However, falling can lead to a major accident, and can cause serious damage in the case of an elderly person, for example, directly causing serious damage such as becoming bedridden. There are many cases.
For this reason, various investigations have been conducted on what kind of state the body falls over.

 ここで、転倒する要因の一つとして、個人の器質的な要因、例えば足における異常、足裏から踵の上方、例えば膝下までの部分(以下、本明細書では「足部」と記載する)における異常、股関節周辺の異常、いわゆる「尻回り」の筋肉の異常等が考えられる。
 しかし、例えば足における異常、足部の異常については、有効な解析技術自体が提案されていないのが実情である。
 また、足裏、足部、股関節周辺、「尻回り」について、総合的に解析して、転倒防止に役立てることは、従来、行われていなかった。
Here, as one of the factors for falling, an individual's organic factors, such as abnormalities in the foot, a portion from the sole to the upper part of the heel, for example, below the knee (hereinafter referred to as “foot” in the present specification) Abnormalities around the hip joint, abnormalities in the so-called "buttock" muscles, and the like.
However, for example, regarding the abnormality in the foot and the abnormality in the foot, the actual situation is that no effective analysis technique itself has been proposed.
Further, it has not been conventionally performed to comprehensively analyze the sole, the foot, the hip joint periphery, and the “hip circumference” to prevent falls.

 発明者は、足指間の筋力を計測する技術を提案しており(特許文献1参照)、また膝のはさむ筋力と膝を広げる筋力を計測する技術も提案している(特許文献2参照)。
 しかし、係る技術においては、足指間の筋力及び/又は膝のはさむ筋力と膝を広げる筋力を、その他の指標と組み合わせて、総合的に解析して転倒防止に寄与することは企図していない。
The inventor has proposed a technique for measuring the muscle strength between the toes (see Patent Document 1), and also proposed a technique for measuring the muscle strength to sandwich the knee and the muscle force to spread the knee (see Patent Document 2). .
However, this technology does not intend to contribute to the prevention of falls by comprehensively analyzing the strength between the toes and / or the strength of the knees and the strength of the knees in combination with other indicators. .

特開2003-175021号公報JP 2003-175021 A 特開2016-54996号公報JP 2016-54996 A

 本発明は上述した従来技術の問題点に鑑みて提案されたものであり、被験者の足、脚等における異常を解析して、転倒の要因を総合的に解析することが出来るシステム及び方法の提供を目的としている。 The present invention has been proposed in view of the above-described problems of the prior art, and provides a system and a method that can analyze anomalies in a subject's feet, legs, etc., and comprehensively analyze the causes of falls. It is an object.

 本発明の転倒解析システム(10)は、足裏の所定位置に作用する力(せん断力、圧力)から(被験者Mの)重心、アーチ、足の骨軸を決定する機能を有する装置(足裏計測システム100)と、(被験者Mの)足裏から踵の上方(例えば膝下)までの箇所(本明細書では「足部」と記載する)の骨格モデルと運動解析結果と異常を決定する機能を有する装置(足部判定システム200)と、足指とそれと隣り合う足指の間の圧力(足指間の圧力)を測定する機能を有する装置(足指間圧力測定装置300)と、両脚で挟み込む筋力と両脚の間隔を広げる筋力を計測する機能を有する装置(脚力測定装置400)を有している。 The fall analysis system (10) of the present invention is a device (foot sole) having a function of determining the center of gravity (of subject M), the arch, and the bone axis of the foot from the force (shearing force, pressure) acting on a predetermined position of the sole. Measurement system 100) and a function for determining a skeletal model, a kinematic analysis result, and an abnormality in a portion (referred to as “foot” in the present specification) from the sole (of subject M) to the upper part of the heel (eg, below the knee) A device (toe determination system 200), a device (a toe pressure measurement device 300) having a function of measuring the pressure between the toes and the adjacent toes (pressure between toes), both legs It has a device (leg strength measuring device 400) having a function of measuring muscle strength sandwiched between and muscle strength to widen the distance between both legs.

 また本発明の転倒解析方法は、足裏の所定位置に作用する力(せん断力、圧力)を計測し、(被験者Mの)足裏から踵の上方(例えば膝下)までの箇所(足部)を撮影し、足指とそれと隣り合う足指の間の圧力(足指間の圧力)を測定し、両脚で挟み込む筋力と両脚の間隔を広げる筋力を計測する工程(ステップS1)と、
 足裏の所定位置に作用する力(せん断力、圧力)から(被験者Mの)重心、アーチ、足の骨軸、異常を決定し、(被験者Mの)足裏から踵の上方(例えば膝下)までの箇所(足部)を撮影したデータ(静止画像データ、動画データ、X線写真データ)から骨格モデル、運動解析結果、異常を決定し、足指とそれと隣り合う足指の間の圧力(足指間の圧力)から(被験者Mの)膝から下側の部分の総合的な筋力を決定し、両脚で挟み込む筋力と両脚の間隔を広げる筋力から(被験者Mの)股関節の内転筋、外転筋の筋力(いわゆる「尻周りの」筋肉の総合的な筋力)を決定する工程(ステップS2)と、
 (被験者Mの)重心、アーチ、足の骨軸、足裏から踵の上方(例えば膝下)までの箇所(足部)における骨格モデル、運動解析結果、(被験者Mの)膝から下側の部分の総合的な筋力、(被験者Mの)股関節の内転筋、外転筋の筋力(いわゆる「尻周りの」筋肉の総合的な筋力)から(被験者Mが)歩行中或いは走行中に転倒するリスクを判断する工程(ステップS3)を有している。
Further, the fall analysis method of the present invention measures the force (shearing force, pressure) acting on a predetermined position of the sole, and the position (foot) from the sole (of the subject M) to the upper part of the heel (for example, below the knee). , Measuring the pressure between the toes and the toes adjacent to it (pressure between the toes), measuring the muscular strength sandwiched between both legs and the muscular strength that widens the distance between both legs (step S1);
The center of gravity (of subject M), arch, bone axis of the foot, and abnormality are determined from the force (shearing force, pressure) acting on a predetermined position of the sole, and the upper part of the heel (for example, below the knee) from the sole of (subject M) Determine the skeletal model, motion analysis results, and abnormalities from the data (still image data, moving image data, X-ray photograph data) taken up to the point (foot) until the pressure between the toes and the adjacent toes ( The total muscle strength of the lower part of the knee (subject M) from the pressure between the toes) and the muscle adductor of the hip joint (subject M) A step of determining the muscle strength of the abductor muscle (the so-called “muscle-around” muscle strength) (step S2);
The center of gravity (of subject M), the arch, the bone axis of the foot, the skeletal model in the location (foot) from the sole to the upper part of the heel (for example, below the knee), the result of motion analysis, and the lower part from the knee (of subject M) Falls while walking or running It has the process (step S3) which judges a risk.

 本発明において、(被験者Mの)重心、アーチ、足の骨軸を決定する機能を有する装置(足裏計測システム100)は、足の裏が接触する部材(110L、110R:例えばインソール、靴)と、当該部材(110L、110R)の所定位置(図1のL(1)、R(1)、L(2)、R(2)・・・・L(7)、R(7):図2の(1)~(7))に作用する力(せん断力、圧力)を計測するセンサ(1~7:せん断力センサ、圧力センサ)と、前記センサ((1)~(7))からの出力に基づいて異常の有無を判定する機能を有する制御装置(重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック120)を有するのが好ましい。
 ここで前記センサは、前記足の裏が接触する部材(110:例えばインソール、靴)の踵骨隆起部(位置1)、立方骨(位置2)、第五中足骨頭(位置3)、第一中足骨頭(位置5)、中間楔状骨(位置6)、横足弓中心(位置7)に対応する位置に設けられているのが好ましい。
 また、前記センサは拇指接地面(位置4)にも設けられていることが好ましい。
In the present invention, the device (foot measurement system 100) having a function of determining the center of gravity (of the subject M), the arch, and the bone axis of the foot is a member (110L, 110R: for example, insole, shoes) that contacts the sole of the foot. And a predetermined position of the member (110L, 110R) (L (1), R (1), L (2), R (2),... L (7), R (7) in FIG. Sensor (1-7: shear force sensor, pressure sensor) for measuring forces (shear force, pressure) acting on (1) to (7)) of 2 and the sensors ((1) to (7)) It is preferable to have a control device (center of gravity, arch, bone axis determination block 120) having a function of determining the presence or absence of an abnormality based on the output of.
Here, the sensor includes a rib raised portion (position 1), a cubic bone (position 2), a fifth metatarsal head (position 3), a first portion of a member (110: for example, insole, shoes) with which the sole of the foot contacts. It is preferably provided at a position corresponding to the middle metatarsal head (position 5), the intermediate wedge bone (position 6), and the lateral foot arch center (position 7).
Moreover, it is preferable that the sensor is also provided on the thumb contact surface (position 4).

 また本発明において、(被験者Mの)足裏から踵の上方(例えば膝下)までの箇所(本明細書では「足部」と記載する)の骨格モデルと運動解析結果と異常を決定する機能を有する装置(足部判定システム200)は、(被験者Mが載る)撮影箇所(201:例えば台)と、当該撮影箇所(201)の周方向を相対的に等速移動する撮像装置(202、203)と、撮像装置(202、203)からの画像データ(静止画像データ、動画データ、X線写真、レントゲン写真)が入力される解析装置(骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210、211)を備え、前記解析装置(210、211)は、画像データ(静止画像データ、X線写真、レントゲン写真)に基づいて判断対象(例えば、被験者(M)の足裏から踵の上方、例えば膝下までの箇所:足部)の骨格モデルを作成する機能と、当該骨格モデルと画像データ(動画データ)に基づいて骨格モデルの動きを解析する機能を有しているのが好ましい。
 ここで、前記撮像装置(202)は、静止画像を撮影する機能と、動画を撮影する機能を有する光学装置(例えばカメラ)のが好ましい。
 或いは、前記撮像装置(203)は、人体透過能を有する光線を照射する機能を有する装置(203A:例えば、X線照射装置)と、人体透過能を有する光線による画像(X線写真:レントゲン写真)を撮影する機能を有する装置(3B:例えばX線カメラ)の組み合わせであるのが好ましい。
Further, in the present invention, a function of determining a skeletal model, a kinematic analysis result, and an abnormality from a sole (of the subject M) to an upper part of the heel (for example, below the knee) (described as “foot part” in this specification). The apparatus (foot determination system 200) that the imaging apparatus (202, 203) relatively moves at a constant speed in the circumferential direction of the imaging location (201: for example) and the imaging location (201). ) And an analysis device (skeletal model creation and motion analysis blocks 210, 211) to which image data (still image data, moving image data, X-ray photograph, X-ray photograph) is input from the imaging device (202, 203), The analysis device (210, 211) is based on the image data (still image data, X-ray photograph, X-ray photograph), and is subject to determination (for example, from the sole of the subject (M) to above the heel, for example, below the knee). Locations: the ability to create skeleton model of the foot), what has the function of analyzing the motion of the skeletal model on the basis of the skeleton model and the image data (moving image data) is preferable.
Here, the imaging device (202) is preferably an optical device (for example, a camera) having a function of capturing a still image and a function of capturing a moving image.
Alternatively, the imaging device (203) includes a device (203A: for example, an X-ray irradiation device) having a function of irradiating a light beam having a human body permeability, and an image (X-ray photograph: X-ray photograph) having a light beam having a human body permeability. ) Is preferably a combination of devices (3B: for example, an X-ray camera) having a function of photographing.

 本発明において、外からの光(例えば太陽光)が反射して画像が見えにくくなることを防止して、計測精度を向上するために、撮像装置(2、3)に特定の波長の光(特定の色の光)を透過するフィルタを付けることが好ましい。そして、系外から特定の波長の光(特定の色の光)の情報を付与するか、或いは、被験者(M)の皮膚にマーカを付けることにより、新たな基準点を設定して、新しい計測系を構成するのが好ましい。前記マーカとしては、例えば、近赤外線光或いは紫外線に反応するマーカを用いることが出来る。 In the present invention, in order to prevent external light (for example, sunlight) from being reflected and make it difficult to see an image, and to improve measurement accuracy, the imaging device (2, 3) has a specific wavelength of light ( It is preferable to attach a filter that transmits light of a specific color. Then, a new reference point is set by adding information on light of a specific wavelength (light of a specific color) from outside the system, or by attaching a marker to the skin of the subject (M), and performing a new measurement. Preferably the system is constructed. As the marker, for example, a marker that reacts to near infrared light or ultraviolet light can be used.

 上述の構成を具備する本発明によれば、重心、アーチ、足の骨軸を決定する機能を有する装置(足裏計測システム100)により(被験者Mの)重心、アーチ、足の骨軸、それに関連する異常を決定し、
 骨格モデルと運動解析結果と異常を決定する機能を有する装置(足部判定システム200)により(被験者M)の骨格モデル、運動解析結果、それにより決定された異常を決定し、
 足指とそれと隣り合う足指の間の圧力(足指間の圧力)を測定する機能を有する装置(足指間圧力測定装置300)により(被験者Mの)膝から下側の部分の総合的な筋力を決定し、
 両脚で挟み込む筋力と両脚の間隔を広げる筋力を計測する機能を有する装置(脚力測定装置400)により(被験者Mの)股関節の内転筋、外転筋の筋力(いわゆる「尻周りの」筋肉の総合的な筋力)を決定し、
 異常を判定して、(被験者M)が歩行中或いは走行中に転倒するリスクを判断することが出来る。
According to the present invention having the above-described configuration, the center of gravity (of the subject M), the arch, and the bone axis of the foot, and the device having the function of determining the center of gravity, the arch, and the bone axis of the foot (subject measurement system 100) Determine the associated anomalies,
A skeleton model, a motion analysis result, and a device having a function for determining an abnormality (foot determination system 200) determine a skeleton model of (subject M), a motion analysis result, and an abnormality determined thereby,
A device having a function of measuring the pressure between the toes and the adjacent toes (pressure between the toes) (inter-toe pressure measuring device 300) of the lower part from the knee (subject M) Determine the muscular strength,
A device (leg strength measuring device 400) having a function of measuring muscle strength sandwiched between both legs and muscle strength that widens the distance between both legs (subject M) 's hip adductor and abductor muscle strength (so-called “around the hip” muscles) Overall muscle strength)
By determining abnormality, it is possible to determine a risk that (subject M) falls while walking or running.

 そして、「被験者(M)の重心線が正常か否か」、「重心線が正常でない場合、どの程度異常なのか」、「被験者(M)のアーチ(縦アーチ、外アーチ、横アーチ)が正常か否か」、「アーチが正常でない場合、どの程度異常なのか」、「被験者(M)の足の骨軸が正常か否か」、「足の骨軸が正常でない場合、どの程度異常なのか」、「アーチの硬さ(柔軟性)は正常か」、「扁平足或いはハイアーチなのか」、「踵が外反しているか否か」「踵が内反しているか否か」等(被験者の重心、アーチ、足の骨軸に関連)と、「被験者(M)の足部(足裏から踵の上方、例えば膝下までの部分)の骨格における異常が存在するか否か」、「異常が存在するのであれば、どの位置に異常が存在し、異常の程度の数値はどの程度か」(被験者Mの骨格モデル、運動解析結果に関連)と、「前後方向の姿勢制御の能力はどの程度か」(被験者Mの膝から下側の部分の筋力に関連)と、「横方向の姿勢制御能力はどの程度か」(いわゆる「尻周りの」筋肉における筋力)の全てにおいて判定して、被験者の転倒リスクを判定することが出来る。
 そして、被験者(M)の転倒リスクを総合的に判定した後、転倒リスクが高い場合に、それを改善するための運動、使用器具等を提示することが出来る。
And "whether the subject's (M) centroid line is normal", "how much is abnormal if the centroid line is not normal", "subject's (M) arch (vertical arch, outer arch, lateral arch) "Normal or not", "How abnormal if the arch is not normal", "Whether the subject's (M) foot bone axis is normal", "If the foot bone axis is not normal, how abnormal "Is the hardness (flexibility) of the arch normal?", "Is it a flat foot or a high arch", "Whether the heel is varus or not", "Whether the heel is varus or not", etc. "Related to the center of gravity, arch, bone axis of the foot) and" whether there is an abnormality in the skeleton of the foot of the subject (M) (from the sole to the upper part of the heel, for example, the part below the knee) " If so, where is the abnormality and what is the numerical value of the degree of abnormality? ” (Related to the model and motion analysis results), “how much is the ability of posture control in the front-rear direction” (related to the muscle strength of the lower part from the knee of the subject M), and “how much is the posture control ability in the lateral direction? It is possible to determine the risk of the subject's fall by determining all of “ka” (muscle strength in the so-called “around the hip” muscles).
Then, after comprehensively determining the fall risk of the subject (M), when the fall risk is high, it is possible to present exercise, equipment used, etc. for improving it.

本発明の実施形態の概要を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the outline | summary of embodiment of this invention. 実施形態における制御装置の機能ブロック図である。It is a functional block diagram of a control device in an embodiment. 実施形態における解析の手順を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the procedure of the analysis in embodiment. 実施形態における足裏計測システムの説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the sole measurement system in embodiment. 人間の足部の骨格を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the skeleton of a human foot part. 足のアーチを示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the arch of a leg | foot. せん断力センサを用いる理由を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the reason for using a shear force sensor. 踵の上方の骨が変形している一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example which the bone | frame above the collar is deform | transforming. 図4の足裏計測システムの重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロックの一例を示すブロック図である。FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an example of a center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block of the sole measurement system of FIG. 4. 重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロックにおける処理の一例の示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process in the bone axis determination block of a gravity center, an arch, and a bone. 重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置における処理の他の例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the other example of the process in the bone axis determination block control apparatus of a gravity center, an arch, and a bone. 重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロックにおける処理の別の例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows another example of the process in the bone axis determination block of a gravity center, an arch, and a bone. 重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロックにおける処理のさらに別の例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows another example of the process in the bone axis determination block of a gravity center, an arch, and a bone. 実施形態における足部判定システムの説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the foot part determination system in embodiment. 図14の足部判定システムの骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロックを示す機能ブロック図である。FIG. 15 is a functional block diagram illustrating a skeleton model creation and motion analysis block of the foot determination system of FIG. 14. 図14の足部判定システムの制御を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows control of the foot | foot part determination system of FIG. 図14の足部判定システムの変形例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the modification of the foot | foot part determination system of FIG. 図14とは別の足部判定システムを示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the foot part determination system different from FIG. 図18の足部判定システムの骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロックを示す機能ブロック図である。FIG. 19 is a functional block diagram illustrating a skeleton model creation and motion analysis block of the foot determination system of FIG. 18. 図18の足部判定システムの制御を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows control of the foot | foot part determination system of FIG.

 以下、添付図面を参照して、本発明の実施形態について説明する。
 最初に図1を参照して、本発明の実施形態の概要を説明する。
 図1において、全体を符号10で示す転倒解析システムは、足裏計測システム100、足部判定システム200、足指間圧力測定装置300、脚力測定装置400、制御装置20、表示装置22を備えている。
Embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
First, an outline of an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG.
In FIG. 1, the overturn analysis system generally indicated by reference numeral 10 includes a sole measurement system 100, a foot determination system 200, a toe pressure measurement device 300, a leg force measurement device 400, a control device 20, and a display device 22. Yes.

 足裏計測システム100は、足の裏が接触する部材(例えばインソール、靴)の所定位置に作用する力(せん断力、圧力)を計測するセンサ(図1では符号(1)~(7)で示す)を有し、センサ(1)~(7)からの出力は伝達ラインCL100を介して制御装置20に伝達される。
 足部判定システム200は、被験者Mが載る撮影箇所(1:例えば台)と、撮影箇所1の周方向を相対的に移動(等速移動、不等速移動の双方を包含)する撮像装置202(203、203A、203B)を有し、撮像装置202(203、203A、203B)からの画像データ(静止画像データ、動画データ)は伝達ラインCL200を介して制御装置に伝達される。ここで、撮像装置には、人体透過能を有する光線を照射する機能を有する装置203A(例えば、X線照射装置)と、人体透過能を有する光線による画像(X線写真:レントゲン写真)を撮影する機能を有する装置203B(例えばX線カメラ)の組み合わせが包含されている。
The sole measurement system 100 is a sensor (symbols (1) to (7) in FIG. 1) that measures a force (shearing force, pressure) acting on a predetermined position of a member (for example, an insole or a shoe) that contacts the sole of the foot. The outputs from the sensors (1) to (7) are transmitted to the control device 20 via the transmission line CL100.
The foot determination system 200 relatively moves the imaging location (1: for example, the platform) on which the subject M is placed and the circumferential direction of the imaging location 1 (including both constant speed movement and inconstant speed movement). (203, 203A, 203B), and image data (still image data, moving image data) from the imaging device 202 (203, 203A, 203B) is transmitted to the control device via the transmission line CL200. Here, in the imaging device, a device 203A (for example, an X-ray irradiation device) having a function of irradiating a light beam having a human body permeability and an image (X-ray photograph: X-ray photograph) by a light beam having a human body permeability are taken. A combination of the apparatus 203B (for example, an X-ray camera) having a function to perform the above is included.

 足指間圧力測定装置300は、足指とそれと隣り合う足指の間の圧力(足指間の圧力)を測定する機能を有しており、従来公知の技術(例えば特許文献1の技術)が適用可能である。
 脚力測定装置400は、両脚で挟み込む筋力と、両脚の間隔を広げる筋力とを計測する機能を有している。脚力測定装置400も、従来公知の技術(例えば特許文献2の技術)が適用可能である。
 図1において、システム100、200における制御装置或いは解析装置は、制御装置20に包含されている。
The toe pressure measuring apparatus 300 has a function of measuring the pressure between the toes and the adjacent toes (pressure between toes), and a conventionally known technique (for example, the technique of Patent Document 1). Is applicable.
The leg strength measuring device 400 has a function of measuring the muscular strength that is sandwiched between both legs and the muscular strength that widens the distance between both legs. For the leg force measuring device 400, a conventionally known technique (for example, the technique of Patent Document 2) can be applied.
In FIG. 1, the control device or the analysis device in the systems 100 and 200 is included in the control device 20.

 制御装置20について、図2を参照して説明する。
 制御装置20は、重心・アーチ・足の骨軸決定ブロック120と、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210と、前後方向姿勢制御判定ブロック50と、横方向姿勢制御判定ブロック60と、転倒リスク判定ブロック70を備えている。重心・アーチ・足の骨軸決定ブロック120と、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210と、前後方向姿勢制御判定ブロック50と、横方向姿勢制御判定ブロック60の詳細については、図4以降を参照して後述する。
 図2では、制御装置20の外部に転倒防止指導ブロック90が設けられているが、転倒防止指導ブロック90を制御装置20の一部として構成する場合もある。
The control device 20 will be described with reference to FIG.
The control device 20 includes a center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120, a skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210, a longitudinal posture control determination block 50, a lateral posture control determination block 60, and a fall risk determination block. 70. For details of the center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120, skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210, longitudinal posture control determination block 50, and lateral posture control determination block 60, refer to FIG. Will be described later.
In FIG. 2, the fall prevention instruction block 90 is provided outside the control apparatus 20, but the fall prevention instruction block 90 may be configured as a part of the control apparatus 20.

 重心・アーチ・足の骨軸決定ブロック120には、信号伝達ラインCL100を介して足裏計測システム100におけるセンサ(1)~(7)の計測結果が入力される。信号伝達ラインCL100における「(1)~(7)」は、センサ(1)~(7)の計測結果を意味している。図4を参照して後述するが、センサ(1)~(7)の計測結果を伝達するのは無線であり、信号伝達ラインCL100は無線による情報の送信を示している。
 重心・アーチ・足の骨軸決定ブロック120は、センサ(1)~(7)の計測結果に基づいて、重心、アーチ、足の骨軸を決定し、決定された重心、アーチ、足の骨軸から被験者の異常を判定する機能を有している。それと共に、決定された重心、アーチ、足の骨軸と、被験者の異常については、信号伝達ラインCL102を介して転倒リスク判定ブロック70に送信する機能を有している。
The measurement results of the sensors (1) to (7) in the sole measurement system 100 are input to the center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120 via the signal transmission line CL100. “(1) to (7)” in the signal transmission line CL100 means the measurement results of the sensors (1) to (7). As will be described later with reference to FIG. 4, the measurement results of the sensors (1) to (7) are transmitted by radio, and the signal transmission line CL100 indicates transmission of information by radio.
The center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120 determines the center of gravity, the arch, and the bone axis of the foot based on the measurement results of the sensors (1) to (7). It has a function to determine the abnormality of the subject from the axis. At the same time, the determined center of gravity, arch, bone axis of the foot, and abnormality of the subject are transmitted to the fall risk determination block 70 via the signal transmission line CL102.

 骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210は信号伝達ラインCL200を介して足部判定システム200から画像データ(静止画像データ、動画データ、X線写真、レントゲン写真)を受信して、被験者の足部(足裏から踵の上方、例えば膝下までの部分)の骨格モデルを決定し或いは取得し、当該骨格モデルから運動解析を行い、被験者の足部における異常を決定する機能を有している。
 また、骨格モデル、運動解析、それ等により得られた被験者の異常を、CL202を介して、転倒リスク判定ブロック70に送信する機能を有している。
The skeletal model creation and motion analysis block 210 receives image data (still image data, moving image data, X-ray photograph, X-ray photograph) from the foot determination system 200 via the signal transmission line CL200, and receives the foot (foot) of the subject. It has a function of determining or acquiring a skeletal model from the back to the upper part of the heel, for example, below the knee), performing a motion analysis from the skeletal model, and determining an abnormality in the foot of the subject.
In addition, the abnormality of the subject obtained by the skeletal model, the motion analysis, and the like is transmitted to the fall risk determination block 70 via the CL 202.

 前後方向姿勢制御判定ブロック50は、信号伝達ラインCL300を介して、足指間圧力測定装置300により測定された足指とそれと隣り合う足指の間の圧力(足指間の圧力)に基づいて、被験者の膝から下側の部分の筋力を総合的に判断する機能を有している。
 ここで、被験者の膝から下側の部分の筋力は人間の前後方向の姿勢制御の能力に密接に関連しており、人間の前後方向の姿勢制御は転倒について重要なパラメータである。すなわち、被験者の膝から下側の部分の筋力を総合的に判断するにより、転倒に関する重要なパラメータである人間の前後方向の姿勢制御能力を推定或いは判定することが可能になる。
 前後方向姿勢制御判定ブロック50は、被験者の膝から下側の部分の総合的な筋力について、信号伝達ラインCL302を介して、転倒リスク判定ブロック70に送信する機能も有している。
The front-rear direction posture control determination block 50 is based on the pressure between the toes and the adjacent toes (pressure between toes) measured by the toe pressure measuring device 300 via the signal transmission line CL300. It has a function of comprehensively judging the muscle strength of the lower part from the knee of the subject.
Here, the muscle strength of the portion below the knee of the subject is closely related to the ability of posture control in the human front-rear direction, and the human posture control in the front-rear direction is an important parameter for the fall. That is, it is possible to estimate or determine the posture control ability of the human front-rear direction, which is an important parameter regarding falls, by comprehensively judging the muscle strength of the lower part from the subject's knee.
The front-rear direction posture control determination block 50 also has a function of transmitting the total muscle strength of the portion below the subject's knee to the fall risk determination block 70 via the signal transmission line CL302.

 横方向姿勢制御判定ブロック60は、信号伝達ラインCL400を介して入力された被験者の膝で挟み込む力と両脚の間隔を広げる力(脚力測定装置400で計測)に基づいて、股関節の内転筋及び外転筋等のいわゆる「尻周りの」筋肉の筋力を総合的に判断する機能を有している。
 いわゆる「尻周りの」筋肉における筋力は人間の横方向の姿勢制御能力に関連しており、人間の横方向の姿勢制御能力も転倒について重要なパラメータである。すなわち、被験者の「尻周りの」筋肉における筋力から、転倒に関する重要なパラメータである人間の横方向の姿勢制御能力を推定或いは判定することが可能になる。
 横方向姿勢制御判定ブロック60は、被験者の「尻周りの」筋肉の総合的な筋力を、信号伝達ラインCL402を介して、転倒リスク判定ブロック70に送信する機能も有している。
The lateral posture control determination block 60 is based on the force applied by the subject's knee input via the signal transmission line CL400 and the force that increases the distance between the legs (measured by the leg force measuring device 400) and the adductor muscle of the hip joint. It has a function of comprehensively judging the muscle strength of so-called “around the hip” muscles such as abductor muscles.
The muscle strength in the so-called “around the hip” muscles is related to the human lateral posture control ability, and the human lateral posture control ability is also an important parameter for falls. That is, it is possible to estimate or determine the human posture control ability in the lateral direction, which is an important parameter related to the fall, from the muscle strength of the “around the hip” muscle of the subject.
The lateral posture control determination block 60 also has a function of transmitting the total muscle strength of the “around the hip” muscle of the subject to the fall risk determination block 70 via the signal transmission line CL402.

 転倒リスク判定ブロック70は、重心・アーチ・足の骨軸決定ブロック120から送信された被験者の重心、アーチ、足の骨軸、それにより決定された異常と、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210から送信された被験者の骨格モデル、運動解析結果、それにより決定された異常と、前後方向姿勢制御判定ブロック50から送信された被験者の膝から下側の部分の総合的な筋力と、横方向姿勢制御判定ブロック60から送信された被験者の「尻周りの」筋肉の総合的な筋力により、被験者が歩行中或いは走行中に転倒するリスクを総合的に判断する機能を有している。その判断については、図3を参照して後述する。
 そして転倒リスク判定ブロック70は、被験者が歩行中或いは走行中に転倒するリスクの総合的な判断結果を、信号伝達ラインCL72を介して転倒防止指導ブロック90に送信し、或いは、信号伝達ラインCL72から分岐した信号伝達ラインCL74を介して表示装置(ディスプレイ)22に送信する機能を有している。
The fall risk determination block 70 includes the subject's center of gravity, arch, and foot bone axes transmitted from the center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120, the abnormality determined thereby, and the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210. The transmitted skeletal model of the subject, the result of the motion analysis, the abnormality determined thereby, the total muscle strength of the portion below the subject's knee transmitted from the longitudinal posture control determination block 50, and the lateral posture control It has a function of comprehensively judging the risk of the subject falling down while walking or running, based on the total strength of the muscle around the hips transmitted from the judgment block 60. The determination will be described later with reference to FIG.
And the fall risk determination block 70 transmits the comprehensive judgment result of the risk that the subject falls while walking or running to the fall prevention instruction block 90 via the signal transmission line CL72, or from the signal transmission line CL72. It has a function of transmitting to the display device (display) 22 via the branched signal transmission line CL74.

 転倒リスク判定ブロック70による判定の際は、従来公知のソフトウェア技術を用いて、測定対象者の特質を考慮して、ケース・バイ・ケースで決定する。
 転倒リスク判定ブロック70は、例えばコンピューター等の情報処理装置であるが、これに限定される訳ではない。例えば、医学的な知識を持つ専門家、オペレーターが重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置120や表示装置22からの情報、データに基づいて、必要な判定や改善のための提示を行う場合も含む。
At the time of the determination by the fall risk determination block 70, a conventionally known software technique is used and the determination is made on a case-by-case basis in consideration of the characteristics of the person to be measured.
The fall risk determination block 70 is an information processing apparatus such as a computer, but is not limited thereto. For example, an expert or an operator who has medical knowledge makes a necessary judgment and a presentation for improvement based on information and data from the center of gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 and the display device 22. Including cases.

 表示装置22は、転倒リスク判定ブロック70の判定結果を表示すると共に、表示された画像データを転倒防止指導ブロック90に送信する機能を有している。
 転倒防止指導ブロック90は、転倒リスク判定ブロック70から送信された判定結果、表示装置22から送信された画像データを受信して、これ等に基づいて、転倒リスクが高い場合に、それを改善するための運動、使用器具等を提示する機能を有する。
The display device 22 has a function of displaying the determination result of the fall risk determination block 70 and transmitting the displayed image data to the fall prevention instruction block 90.
The fall prevention instruction block 90 receives the determination result transmitted from the fall risk determination block 70 and the image data transmitted from the display device 22, and based on these, improves the fall risk when it is high. It has a function to present exercise, equipment used, etc.

 転倒防止指導ブロック90による提示内容は、従来公知のソフトウェア技術を用いて、測定対象者の特質を考慮して、ケース・バイ・ケースで決定される。ここで、転倒防止指導ブロック90は例えばコンピューター等の情報処理装置であるが、これに限定される訳ではない。転倒リスク判定ブロック70と同様に、例えば、医学的な知識を持つ専門家、オペレーターが転倒リスク判定ブロック70や表示装置30からの情報、データに基づいて、必要な判定や改善のための提示を行う場合も含む。
 同様に、転倒リスク判定ブロック70もコンピューター等の情報処理装置に限定されるものではなく、医学的な知識を持つ専門家、オペレーターで構成することが可能である。
 転倒防止指導ブロック90は、信号伝達ラインCL76を介して、提示内容を制御装置20にフィードバックする機能も有している。
The content presented by the fall prevention instruction block 90 is determined on a case-by-case basis using a conventionally known software technique and taking into account the characteristics of the person being measured. Here, the fall prevention instruction block 90 is an information processing apparatus such as a computer, but is not limited thereto. Similar to the fall risk determination block 70, for example, an expert or an operator who has medical knowledge presents necessary judgments and improvements based on information and data from the fall risk determination block 70 and the display device 30. Including the case where it is performed.
Similarly, the fall risk determination block 70 is not limited to an information processing apparatus such as a computer, and can be composed of an expert and an operator with medical knowledge.
The fall prevention instruction block 90 also has a function of feeding back the presentation content to the control device 20 via the signal transmission line CL76.

 主として図3を参照して、図示の実施形態における制御の一例を説明する。
 図3のステップS1では、重心・アーチ・足の骨軸決定ブロック120によりセンサ(1)~(7)による計測が行われる。
 足部判定システム200において、被験者の足部の静止画像、動画が撮影される。足部判定システム200では、X線写真、レントゲン写真を撮影する場合もある。
 足指間圧力測定装置300において、足指とそれと隣り合う足指の間の圧力(足指間の圧力)が計測される。
 脚力測定装置400では、被験者の膝で挟み込む力と両脚の間隔を広げる力が計測される。
 そしてステップS2に進む。
An example of the control in the illustrated embodiment will be described mainly with reference to FIG.
In step S1 of FIG. 3, measurement by the sensors (1) to (7) is performed by the bone axis determination block 120 of the center of gravity, arch, and foot.
In the foot determination system 200, a still image and a moving image of the subject's foot are photographed. The foot determination system 200 may take X-ray photographs and X-ray photographs.
In the toe-to-toe pressure measuring apparatus 300, the pressure between the toes and the adjacent toes (pressure between toes) is measured.
The leg force measuring device 400 measures the force sandwiched between the knees of the subject and the force that widens the distance between both legs.
Then, the process proceeds to step S2.

 ステップS2では、足裏計測システム100のセンサ(1)~(7)の計測結果から、重心・アーチ・足の骨軸決定ブロック120は、重心、アーチ、足の骨軸を決定し、決定された重心、アーチ、足の骨軸から被験者の異常を判定する。
 また、足部判定システム200からの画像データ(静止画像データ、動画データ、X線写真、レントゲン写真)に基づいて、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210は被験者の足部の骨格モデルを決定し或いは取得して、当該骨格モデルから運動解析を行い、被験者の足部における異常を決定する
 さらに足指間圧力測定装置300で計測した足指とそれと隣り合う足指の間の圧力(足指間の圧力)から、前後方向姿勢制御判定ブロック50は、被験者の膝から下側の部分の筋力を総合的に判断する。
 そして脚力測定装置400で計測した被験者の膝で挟み込む力と両脚の間隔を広げる力に基づいて、横方向姿勢制御判定ブロック60は、股関節の内転筋及び外転筋等のいわゆる「尻周りの」筋肉の筋力を総合的に判断する。
 そしてステップS3に進む。
In step S2, the center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120 determines the center of gravity, the arch, and the bone axis of the foot from the measurement results of the sensors (1) to (7) of the sole measurement system 100. The subject's abnormality is determined from the center of gravity, arch, and bone axis of the foot.
Further, based on the image data (still image data, moving image data, X-ray photograph, X-ray photograph) from the foot determination system 200, the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 determines the skeleton model of the subject's foot or Acquire and analyze the motion from the skeleton model to determine abnormalities in the toe of the subject. Further, the pressure between the toes measured by the toe pressure measuring device 300 and the toes adjacent to it (the toe Pressure), the longitudinal posture control determination block 50 comprehensively determines the muscle strength of the portion below the subject's knee.
Then, based on the force measured by the leg force measuring device 400 and the force that is sandwiched between the knees of the subject and the force that widens the distance between the legs, the lateral posture control determination block 60 determines so-called “around the hips” such as the adductor and abductor muscles of the hip joint. ”Judge the muscle strength comprehensively.
Then, the process proceeds to step S3.

 ステップS3では、転倒リスク判定ブロック70により、被験者の重心、アーチ、足の骨軸、それにより決定された異常と、被験者の骨格モデル、運動解析結果、それにより決定された異常と、被験者の膝から下側の部分の総合的な筋力と、被験者の「尻周りの」筋肉の総合的な筋力の全てを参照して、被験者が歩行中或いは走行中に転倒するリスクを判断する。
 例えば、「被験者の重心線が正常か否か」、「重心線が正常でない場合、どの程度異常なのか」、「被験者のアーチ(縦アーチ、外アーチ、横アーチ)が正常か否か」、「アーチが正常でない場合、どの程度異常なのか」、「被験者の足の骨軸が正常か否か」、「足の骨軸が正常でない場合、どの程度異常なのか」、「アーチの硬さ(柔軟性)は正常か」、「扁平足或いはハイアーチなのか」、「踵が外反しているか否か」「踵が内反しているか否か」等(被験者の重心、アーチ、足の骨軸に関連)と、
 被験者の足部(足裏から踵の上方、例えば膝下までの部分)の骨格における異常が存在する位置とその数値(被験者の骨格モデル、運動解析結果に関連)と、
 前後方向の姿勢制御の能力(被験者の膝から下側の部分の筋力に関連)と、
 横方向の姿勢制御能力(いわゆる「尻周りの」筋肉における筋力)、
 の全てを考慮して、被験者の転倒リスクを判定する。
 そして、ステップS4に進む。
In step S3, the fall risk determination block 70 determines the subject's center of gravity, arch, and bone axis of the foot, the abnormality determined thereby, the subject's skeletal model, the result of motion analysis, the abnormality determined thereby, and the subject's knee. The risk of the subject falling down while walking or running is determined with reference to the overall muscle strength of the lower part of the subject and the overall muscle strength of the “around the hip” of the subject.
For example, “whether the subject's center of gravity is normal”, “how abnormal if the center of gravity is not normal”, “whether the subject's arch (vertical arch, outer arch, lateral arch) is normal”, "How abnormal is the arch when it is not normal", "Whether the subject's foot bone axis is normal", "How much is abnormal when the foot bone axis is not normal", "Arch hardness (Is it flexible or not?) "Is it flat foot or high arch", "Whether the heel is varus or not""Whether the heel is varus" etc. Related)
The position of the anomaly in the skeleton of the subject's foot (from the sole to the upper part of the heel, for example, below the knee) and its numerical value (related to the subject's skeleton model and motion analysis results),
Ability to control fore-and-aft posture (related to the muscle strength of the lower part of the subject's knee),
Lateral posture control ability (muscle strength in the so-called “around the hip” muscles),
Taking all of the above into consideration, the subject's risk of falling is determined.
Then, the process proceeds to step S4.

 ステップS4では、転倒防止指導ブロック90により、転倒リスクが高い場合に、それを改善するための運動、使用器具等を提示する。
 例えば、「扁平足」であれば、インソールにアーチを形成する等の工夫(扁平足改善用の器具の提供)を提示する。
 歩行中に膝が捻じれ(回内モーメントが発生し)、将来、いわゆる「膝がこすれる」状態になって膝の痛みを訴える可能性が高い場合には、「歩行中に膝が捻じれる(回内モーメントが発生する)」ことを抑制するため、足の骨軸が内側に移動し易い器具や、足の骨軸が内側に移動するのを助長するための体操を提示し、及び/又は、靴或いはインソールにおいて、靴の外側の高さ、内側の高さ或いは踵自体の高さを調節することにより、踵の動きを制限し、正常な重心線に近づける。
 踵が硬く外側に曲がらず、痛みが発症する恐れがある場合には、踵の外側に隙間のあるインソール或いは靴を提示する。
 また、被験者の足部(足裏から踵の上方、例えば膝下までの部分)の骨格における異常の位置とその数値から、当該異常による歩行、走行の困難を防止する器具を提示する。
 さらに、前後方向の姿勢制御の能力が劣っている場合や、横方向の姿勢制御能力制御の能力が低下している場合には、それを改善するための器具、体操を提示する。
In step S4, when the fall risk is high, the fall prevention instruction block 90 presents exercises, appliances, and the like for improving the fall risk.
For example, in the case of “flat feet”, a device for providing an arch on the insole (providing a device for improving flat feet) is presented.
If the knee is twisted while walking (pronunciation moment is generated) and there is a high possibility that the knee will be rubbed in the future to complain of knee pain, Present a device that facilitates inward movement of the foot's bone axis and / or gymnastics to assist in moving the foot's bone axis inwardly, and / or In the shoe or insole, the movement of the heel is restricted by adjusting the height of the outside of the shoe, the height of the inside of the shoe, or the height of the heel itself, so that it approaches the normal center of gravity line.
If the heel is hard and does not bend outwards and there is a risk of pain, present an insole or shoe with a gap on the outside of the heel.
In addition, a device for preventing difficulty in walking and running due to the abnormality is presented based on the position and numerical value of the abnormality in the skeleton of the subject's foot (from the sole to the upper part of the heel, for example, below the knee).
Further, when the ability of posture control in the front-rear direction is inferior or when the ability of posture control ability control in the lateral direction is reduced, an instrument and a gymnastic for improving it are presented.

 或いはステップS4では、転倒防止指導ブロック90により、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210の比較ブロック210Hから送信された比較結果を受信し、当該比較結果に基づいて足部の異常を改善、治療、抑制するのに好適な器具や運動を提示する。
 ここで転倒防止指導ブロック90は、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210から送信された異常部位における異常の程度の数値化、定量化に関するデータを受信し、当該データに基づいて足部の異常を改善、治療、抑制するのに好適な器具や運動を提示することが出来る。
 さらに転倒防止指導ブロック90では、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210の解析結果のレベル(画像データ解析レベル、立体画像解析レベル、骨格モデル解析レベル、立体画像運動解析レベル、骨格モデル運動解析レベル)に応じて足部の異常を改善、治療、抑制するための器具や運動を提示することが出来る。
 そしてステップS4では、転倒防止指導ブロック90により、被験者の膝から下側の部分の筋力に基づく前後方向の姿勢制御の能力と、被験者の「尻周りの」筋力に基づく横方向の姿勢制御能力を考慮して、被験者が転倒しないような器具、或いは、弱い筋力或いは能力を填補することが出来るような体操や運動を提示する。
Alternatively, in step S4, the fall prevention instruction block 90 receives the comparison result transmitted from the comparison block 210H of the skeletal model creation and motion analysis block 210, and improves, treats, and suppresses abnormalities in the foot based on the comparison result. Present suitable instruments and exercises to do.
Here, the fall prevention instruction block 90 receives data relating to the quantification and quantification of the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part transmitted from the skeletal model creation and motion analysis block 210, and improves the abnormality of the foot based on the data. It is possible to present devices and exercises suitable for treatment and suppression.
Further, in the fall prevention instruction block 90, the level of the skeleton model creation and analysis result of the motion analysis block 210 (image data analysis level, stereoscopic image analysis level, skeleton model analysis level, stereoscopic image motion analysis level, skeleton model motion analysis level) is set. Accordingly, it is possible to present equipment and exercises for improving, treating, and suppressing abnormalities in the foot.
In step S4, the fall prevention instruction block 90 provides the ability of posture control in the front-rear direction based on the muscle strength of the lower part of the subject's knee and the posture control ability in the lateral direction based on the muscle strength of the subject “around the hip”. Considering this, equipment that prevents the subject from falling, or gymnastics and exercise that can compensate for weak muscle strength or ability are presented.

 図1~図3で示す転倒解析システム10によれば、被験者の重心、アーチ、足の骨軸、それにより決定された異常と、被験者の骨格モデル、運動解析結果、それにより決定された異常と、被験者の膝から下側の部分の総合的な筋力と、被験者の「尻周りの」筋肉の総合的な筋力の全てと、その中における異常を考慮して、被験者が歩行中或いは走行中に転倒するリスクを判断することが出来る。
 そして、「被験者の重心線が正常か否か」、「重心線が正常でない場合、どの程度異常なのか」、「被験者のアーチ(縦アーチ、外アーチ、横アーチ)が正常か否か」、「アーチが正常でない場合、どの程度異常なのか」、「被験者の足の骨軸が正常か否か」、「足の骨軸が正常でない場合、どの程度異常なのか」、「アーチの硬さ(柔軟性)は正常か」、「扁平足或いはハイアーチなのか」、「踵が外反しているか否か」「踵が内反しているか否か」等(被験者の重心、アーチ、足の骨軸に関連)と、
 被験者の足部(足裏から踵の上方、例えば膝下までの部分)の骨格における異常が存在する位置とその数値(被験者の骨格モデル、運動解析結果に関連)と、
 前後方向の姿勢制御の能力(被験者の膝から下側の部分の筋力に関連)と、
 横方向の姿勢制御能力(いわゆる「尻周りの」筋肉における筋力)、
 の全てにおける異常を判定して、被験者の転倒リスクを判定することが出来る。
 被験者の転倒リスクを総合的に判定した後、転倒リスクが高い場合に、それを改善するための運動、使用器具等を提示することが出来る。
According to the fall analysis system 10 shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, the subject's center of gravity, arch, and bone axis of the foot, and the abnormality determined thereby, the subject's skeleton model, the result of motion analysis, and the abnormality determined thereby. Considering the total muscle strength of the lower part of the subject's knee and the total muscle strength of the subject's "around the hips" and any abnormalities in the subject, the subject is walking or running The risk of falling can be determined.
And “whether the subject's center of gravity is normal”, “how abnormal if the center of gravity is not normal”, “whether the subject's arch (vertical arch, outer arch, lateral arch) is normal”, "How abnormal is the arch when it is not normal", "Whether the subject's foot bone axis is normal", "How much is abnormal when the foot bone axis is not normal", "Arch hardness (Is it flexible or not?) "Is it flat foot or high arch", "Whether the heel is varus or not""Whether the heel is varus" etc. Related)
The position of the anomaly in the skeleton of the subject's foot (from the sole to the upper part of the heel, for example, below the knee) and its numerical value (related to the subject's skeleton model and motion analysis results),
Ability to control fore-and-aft posture (related to the muscle strength of the lower part of the subject's knee),
Lateral posture control ability (muscle strength in the so-called “around the hip” muscles),
It is possible to determine an abnormality in all of the subjects and determine a subject's risk of falling.
After comprehensively determining the subject's fall risk, if the fall risk is high, exercise, equipment used, etc. for improving it can be presented.

 次に、図4~図13を参照して、足裏計測システム100について、詳細に説明する。
 図4において、足裏計測システム100は、足の裏が接触する部材であるインソール(或いは靴)を備え、信号伝達ラインCL100(無線を含む)を介して重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置120に情報を送信することが出来る。
 インソール(或いは靴)は、右足用のインソール110R及び左足用のインソール110Lにより構成され、各々のインソール110R、110Lにおいて、7箇所の所定位置(R1)~(R7)、(L1)~(L7)にセンサR1~R7、L1~L7が設置されている。図1において、当該「所定位置」或いは当該所定位置に設置される「センサ」は同一の符号で表現されており、符号(R1)~(R7)、(L1)~(L7)でそれぞれ示されている。
Next, the sole measuring system 100 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS.
In FIG. 4, the sole measurement system 100 includes an insole (or a shoe) that is a member that contacts the sole of the foot, and a center of gravity, an arch, and a bone axis determination block of a bone via a signal transmission line CL100 (including wireless). Information can be transmitted to the control device 120.
The insole (or shoes) is composed of an insole 110R for the right foot and an insole 110L for the left foot. In each of the insole 110R, 110L, seven predetermined positions (R1) to (R7), (L1) to (L7) Sensors R1 to R7 and L1 to L7 are installed. In FIG. 1, the “predetermined position” or the “sensor” installed at the predetermined position is represented by the same reference numeral, and is indicated by reference numerals (R1) to (R7) and (L1) to (L7), respectively. ing.

 各センサR1~R7、L1~L7による計測結果は、それぞれ無線(ライン)により重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック120に送信される。
 図4ではセンサR1、L1(各センサを代表)からブロック120に計測結果が無線送信される態様を、矢印SR1、SL1(無線信号ライン)で示している。
 なお、各センサR1~R7、L1~L7からブロック120にそれぞれの計測結果を送信するに際して、有線で行うことも可能である。
The measurement results from the sensors R1 to R7 and L1 to L7 are transmitted to the center of gravity / arch / bone axis determination block 120 by radio (line).
In FIG. 4, an aspect in which the measurement result is wirelessly transmitted from the sensors R1 and L1 (representing each sensor) to the block 120 is indicated by arrows SR1 and SL1 (wireless signal lines).
It should be noted that when the measurement results are transmitted from the sensors R1 to R7 and L1 to L7 to the block 120, it is also possible to perform the measurement by wire.

 次に、センサR1~R7、L1~L7の設置位置について、図2を参照して説明する。
 図5では、右足(右足用のインソール110R或いは靴におけるセンサ(1)~(7)の位置)について示しているが、左足或いは左足用のインソール110L(或いは靴)におけるセンサの位置は、図5で示す位置と左右対称の位置である。
 センサ1~7(センサR1~R7であるが、煩雑さを避けるため、以下「センサ1~7」と記載する)は、人の足の側部の骨格構造からその位置が定義される。そのため、図5では足の骨格(図5は右足の骨格)を示している。
Next, the installation positions of the sensors R1 to R7 and L1 to L7 will be described with reference to FIG.
FIG. 5 shows the right foot (the position of sensors (1) to (7) in the insole 110R for the right foot or the shoe), but the position of the sensor in the insole 110L (or the shoe) for the left foot or the left foot is shown in FIG. It is a position symmetrical to the position indicated by.
The positions of the sensors 1 to 7 (sensors R1 to R7, which are hereinafter referred to as “sensors 1 to 7” for the sake of simplicity) are defined from the skeleton structure of the side of the human foot. Therefore, FIG. 5 shows the skeleton of the foot (FIG. 5 shows the skeleton of the right foot).

 センサ1が配置される位置(図5では符号(1)で示す)は踵骨隆起部である。より望ましくは、位置(1)は踵の骨の中心部である。
 また、位置(1)を決定するに際しては、踵骨隆起部が外側(図5で第五中足骨側、すなわち小指側)にずれた際に、その量(外側にずれた量)を計測出来る様な位置に設定される。通常、踵骨隆起部がずれてしまうとすれば足の外側(小指側)であり、足の内側(図5で第一中足骨側、すなわち親指側)にはずれない。
 センサ2が配置される位置(図5の符号(2)で示す位置)は、立方骨に対応する位置である。但し、立方骨の中心よりもやや外側(小指側:第五中足骨の領域)であっても良い。
The position where the sensor 1 is disposed (indicated by reference numeral (1) in FIG. 5) is a rib bulge. More preferably, position (1) is the center of the heel bone.
In determining the position (1), when the rib bulge is displaced outward (the fifth metatarsal side, that is, the little finger side in FIG. 5), the amount (the amount displaced outward) is measured. The position is set as possible. Normally, if the rib bulge is displaced, it is on the outside of the foot (the little finger side) and does not come off the inside of the foot (the first metatarsal side, that is, the thumb side in FIG. 5).
The position where the sensor 2 is disposed (the position indicated by reference numeral (2) in FIG. 5) is a position corresponding to the cubic bone. However, it may be slightly outside the center of the cubic bone (the little finger side: the region of the fifth metatarsal bone).

 センサ3が配置される位置(図5では符号(3)で示す)は、第五中足骨頭に対応する位置である。
 歩行時の状態を解析するためには、「歩行時に体重が掛かる箇所」に作用する力を計測する必要がある。第五中足骨の付け根である第五中足骨頭は、「歩行時に体重が掛かる箇所」である。
 ここで、センサ3が配置される位置が第五中足骨頭の長さの1/3程度、つま先と反対側にずれたとしても、「歩行時に体重が掛かる箇所」に作用する力を計測出来るので問題はない。
 ただし、第五末梢骨(つま先側の骨)には体重が掛からないので、第五中足骨頭よりも第五末梢骨側(つま先側)にずれた位置にセンサを取り付けることは不都合である。
The position where the sensor 3 is disposed (indicated by reference numeral (3) in FIG. 5) is a position corresponding to the fifth metatarsal head.
In order to analyze the state at the time of walking, it is necessary to measure the force acting on the “location where weight is applied during walking”. The fifth metatarsal head, which is the root of the fifth metatarsal, is a “location where weight is applied during walking”.
Here, even if the position where the sensor 3 is arranged is shifted to about 3 of the length of the fifth metatarsal head and to the side opposite to the toes, the force acting on “the place where weight is applied during walking” can be measured. So there is no problem.
However, since the fifth peripheral bone (toe side bone) does not bear weight, it is inconvenient to attach the sensor to a position shifted to the fifth peripheral bone side (toe side) from the fifth metatarsal head.

 センサ4が配置される位置(図5では符号(4)で示す)は、拇指接地面、すなわち拇指の先端部で歩行の際に地面に着く領域である。位置(4)にセンサ4を配置するのは、歩行の際の蹴り出しの強さを求めるのに、位置(4)に作用する力を計測する必要があることによる。
 ここで、骨(第一抹梢骨)が足の親指のどの部分まで伸びているのかについては、個人差がある。そのため、位置(4)は骨の名称で特定するのではなく、上述した様に「拇指接地面」として特定している。
 センサ4の位置が拇指接地面を外れてしまうと、歩行の際の蹴り出しの強さを計測できないので、不都合である。
 後述するが、「足の骨軸」、「アーチ」、「重心線」を特定(決定)するのには、位置(4)に配置したセンサ4の計測結果は用いない。
The position at which the sensor 4 is disposed (indicated by reference numeral (4) in FIG. 5) is a region that reaches the ground when walking on the thumb contact surface, that is, the tip of the thumb. The reason for arranging the sensor 4 at the position (4) is that it is necessary to measure the force acting on the position (4) in order to obtain the kicking strength during walking.
Here, there is an individual difference as to which part of the thumb of the toe the bone (first talus bone) extends. Therefore, the position (4) is not specified by the name of the bone, but is specified as the “finger ground contact surface” as described above.
If the position of the sensor 4 deviates from the thumb contact surface, it is inconvenient because the strength of kicking out during walking cannot be measured.
As will be described later, the measurement results of the sensor 4 arranged at the position (4) are not used to specify (determine) the “foot bone axis”, “arch”, and “center of gravity”.

 センサ5が配置される位置(図5では符号(5)で示す)は、第一中足骨頭に対応する位置である。
 歩行時に体重がかかるのが第一中足の骨頭側、いわゆる「拇指球」の部分である。そのため、センサ5の取付位置は、「拇指球」から外れないようにする必要がある。拇指球に体重が掛かるからである。
The position where the sensor 5 is disposed (indicated by reference numeral (5) in FIG. 5) is a position corresponding to the first metatarsal head.
It is the so-called “thumb ball” part of the first metatarsal side that weighs during walking. For this reason, it is necessary to prevent the sensor 5 from being attached to the “finger ball”. This is because the ball ball takes weight.

 センサ6が配置される位置(図5では符号(6)で示す位置)は、中間楔状骨に対応する位置である。
 センサ6が配置される位置は、センサ1を配置した位置(1)から第二指(人差し指)を結ぶ直線Lαと、位置(1)から第四指(薬指)を結ぶ直線Lβとで挟まれた領域における3つの楔状骨の領域であれば良い。
 ここで、位置(1)と第二指(人差し指)を結ぶ直線Lαよりも親指側の領域は、土踏まずになってしまう可能性があるため、センサ6を設置するのは不都合である。一方、位置(1)と第四指(薬指)とを結ぶ直線Lβよりも小指側の領域は、位置(2)と重複してしまう可能性があるため、やはりセンサ6を設置するのは不都合である。これ等の理由により、センサ6の配置位置は上述の様に決定されている。
The position where the sensor 6 is disposed (the position indicated by reference numeral (6) in FIG. 5) is a position corresponding to the intermediate wedge bone.
The position where the sensor 6 is arranged is sandwiched between a straight line Lα connecting the second finger (index finger) from the position (1) where the sensor 1 is arranged and a straight line Lβ connecting the fourth finger (ring finger) from the position (1). What is necessary is just the area of three wedge-shaped bones in the area.
Here, it is inconvenient to install the sensor 6 because the region closer to the thumb than the straight line Lα connecting the position (1) and the second finger (index finger) may become an arch. On the other hand, since the region on the little finger side of the straight line Lβ connecting the position (1) and the fourth finger (ringing finger) may overlap with the position (2), it is also inconvenient to install the sensor 6. It is. For these reasons, the arrangement position of the sensor 6 is determined as described above.

 図6で示す様に足のアーチには縦アーチAR1、外アーチAR2、横アーチAR3の3種類がある。縦アーチAR1は、図5で踵骨隆起部を表す位置(1)の近傍から第一中足骨頭を表す位置(5)の近傍まで延在しており、外アーチAR2は、図5で踵骨隆起部を表す位置(1)の近傍から第五中足骨頭を表す位置(3)の近傍まで延在している。さらに横アーチAR3は、図5で第一中足骨頭を表す位置(5)の近傍から第五中足骨頭を表す位置(3)の近傍まで延在している。アーチAR1~3により、歩行時などに足裏に係る衝撃を吸収することができる。
 足のアーチを特定するためには、位置(2)、(6)以外の位置(例えば、位置(1)、(3)等)における計測結果を併せて参照する必要がある。
 また、位置(6)と位置(2)の計測結果(及びその他の位置(1)、(3)等の計測結果と併せて)から、重心点(瞬間における足裏の圧力中心:重心点の軌跡が「重心線」)が特定(決定)出来る。
As shown in FIG. 6, there are three types of foot arches: a vertical arch AR1, an outer arch AR2, and a horizontal arch AR3. The longitudinal arch AR1 extends from the vicinity of the position (1) representing the rib protuberance in FIG. 5 to the vicinity of the position (5) representing the first metatarsal head, and the outer arch AR2 is the heel in FIG. It extends from the vicinity of the position (1) representing the bone protuberance to the vicinity of the position (3) representing the fifth metatarsal head. Further, the lateral arch AR3 extends from the vicinity of the position (5) representing the first metatarsal head in FIG. 5 to the vicinity of the position (3) representing the fifth metatarsal head. The arches AR1 to AR3 can absorb the impact on the sole when walking.
In order to specify the foot arch, it is necessary to refer to the measurement results at positions other than the positions (2) and (6) (for example, the positions (1) and (3)).
Also, from the measurement results of position (6) and position (2) (and other measurement results of positions (1), (3), etc.), the center of gravity (the pressure center of the sole at the moment: the center of gravity of the center of gravity) The trajectory can be specified (determined).

 センサ6により計測される位置(6)に作用する力(圧力、せん断力)の計測結果と、センサ2により計測される位置(2)に作用する力(圧力、せん断力)の計測結果により、「扁平足」、「正常」、「ハイアーチ」の3種類を判定することが出来る。
 「扁平足」、「正常」、「ハイアーチ」の各々において、位置(6)で作用する力(圧力或いはせん断力)の計測結果と、位置(2)に作用する力(圧力或いはせん断力)の計測結果の大小関係が異なっている。すなわち、
 扁平足: 位置(2)に作用する力≒位置(6)に作用する力、或いは、
 位置(2)に作用する力≦位置(6)に作用する力
 正常: 位置(2)に作用する力>位置(6)に作用する力
 ハイアーチ: 位置(2)に作用する力、位置(6)に作用する力は共に検出されない。
 これについては、図11を参照して後述する。
From the measurement result of the force (pressure, shear force) acting on the position (6) measured by the sensor 6 and the measurement result of the force (pressure, shear force) acting on the position (2) measured by the sensor 2, Three types of “flat feet”, “normal”, and “high arch” can be determined.
Measurement results of force (pressure or shear force) acting at position (6) and force (pressure or shear force) acting at position (2) in each of “flat foot”, “normal”, and “high arch” The magnitude relationship of the results is different. That is,
Flat feet: force acting on position (2) ≒ force acting on position (6), or
Force acting on position (2) ≦ force acting on position (6) Normal: force acting on position (2)> force acting on position (6) High arch: force acting on position (2), position (6 The force acting on) is not detected.
This will be described later with reference to FIG.

 図5において、センサ7が配置される位置(図5で(7)で示す)は、第二中足骨頭(第二指(人差し指)の付け根部分)と第三中足骨頭(第三指(中指)の付け根部分)の間の領域に位置している。
 ここで、重心線は、踵と第二指をつないだ線(図5のラインLα)に沿って抜ける。そのため、第二指より第一指側(親指側)の領域にセンサ7を設けるのは不都合である。
 一方、第三指(中指)よりも小指側の領域は、重心線から外れてしまうので、センサ7を設けるのは不都合である。また、体重は足の中心線よりも内側に係るので、センサ7の位置(7)が足の中心線よりも外側にあると、体重が掛かった状態が検出できない。
In FIG. 5, the position where the sensor 7 is arranged (indicated by (7) in FIG. 5) is the second metatarsal head (base portion of the second finger (index finger)) and the third metatarsal head (third finger ( It is located in the area between the base part of the middle finger).
Here, the barycentric line passes along the line connecting the heel and the second finger (line Lα in FIG. 5). For this reason, it is inconvenient to provide the sensor 7 in a region closer to the first finger (thumb side) than the second finger.
On the other hand, the region closer to the little finger than the third finger (middle finger) deviates from the barycentric line, so it is inconvenient to provide the sensor 7. Since the weight is on the inner side of the center line of the foot, if the position (7) of the sensor 7 is on the outer side of the center line of the foot, the weighted state cannot be detected.

 図4~図6を参照して説明したシステム100によれば、上述した位置(1)~(7)に配置したセンサ1~7により、当該位置に作用する力を計測することにより、測定装置の所定位置に立っている状態の計測のみではなく、歩いている状態の計測が出来る。
 位置(1)~(7)に作用する力を計測し、ブロック120により解析することで分かる項目を、(前記アーチの種類の特定に加えて)以下に例示する。
 まず、足の柔軟性に個人差があることから、図6で示すアーチの柔軟性にも個人差が存在する。
 位置(2)、(6)、(7)の計測結果を解析することにより、アーチの柔軟性が分かる。アーチの柔軟性如何によっては、立って静止した状態では「ハイアーチ」でも、歩いているときには「扁平足」となる場合(アーチが柔らかい場合)がある。或いは、立って静止している状態では「正常」でも、歩いているときには「ハイアーチ」の場合(アーチが硬い場合)が存在する。
According to the system 100 described with reference to FIGS. 4 to 6, the measuring device is configured to measure the force acting on the position by the sensors 1 to 7 arranged at the positions (1) to (7) described above. It is possible not only to measure the state of standing at a predetermined position, but also to measure the state of walking.
Items that can be found by measuring the forces acting on the positions (1) to (7) and analyzing them by the block 120 are exemplified below (in addition to specifying the arch type).
First, since there are individual differences in foot flexibility, there are also individual differences in the flexibility of the arch shown in FIG.
By analyzing the measurement results at the positions (2), (6), and (7), the flexibility of the arch can be understood. Depending on the flexibility of the arch, a “high arch” when standing still may result in a “flat foot” when walking (when the arch is soft). Alternatively, there is a case of “normal” when standing and stationary, but a “high arch” when walking (when the arch is hard).

 また、図10を参照して後述するが、位置(2)、(6)、(7)の計測結果を解析することにより、重心点(瞬間における足裏の圧力中心)とアーチ形状が適切に分かる。
 ここで、位置(2)、(6)、(7)に作用する力を計測しない場合、例えば位置(1)、(3)、(5)に作用する力のみを計測する場合には、そもそもアーチを特定することが不可能である。
 図示のシステム100では、位置(1)、(3)、(5)に作用する力に加えて、位置(2)、(6)、(7)に作用する力を計測することにより、アーチの特定を可能にしている。すなわち、位置(2)、(6)の計測結果により、縦アーチAR1、外アーチAR2が決定でき、縦アーチAR1から土踏まずの様子が把握出来る。さらに、位置(3)、(7)、(5)の計測結果により横アーチAR3の特定が可能になる。換言すれば、位置(7)の計測結果は、横アーチAR3の決定に不可欠である。
Further, as will be described later with reference to FIG. 10, by analyzing the measurement results at positions (2), (6), and (7), the center of gravity (the pressure center of the sole at the moment) and the arch shape are appropriately set. I understand.
Here, when the force acting on the positions (2), (6), (7) is not measured, for example, when only the force acting on the positions (1), (3), (5) is measured, It is impossible to identify the arch.
In the illustrated system 100, in addition to the forces acting on the positions (1), (3) and (5), the forces acting on the positions (2), (6) and (7) are measured, so that It enables identification. That is, the vertical arch AR1 and the outer arch AR2 can be determined from the measurement results of the positions (2) and (6), and the state of the arch can be grasped from the vertical arch AR1. Further, the lateral arch AR3 can be specified based on the measurement results at the positions (3), (7), and (5). In other words, the measurement result of the position (7) is indispensable for determining the lateral arch AR3.

 次に、重心線の特定に関して、従来は位置(1)、(3)、(5)のみに圧力センサを設置し、足においては位置(1)、(3)、(5)における荷重分布が比率として3:1:2になる、という前提で重心点を特定していた。
 しかし、図示の実施形態では、位置(2)、(6)、(7)にもセンサ(センサ2、6、7)を設置している。そして、位置(2)、(6)、(7)に作用する力(圧力、せん断力)も計測して重心点(COP)を正確に求め、さらにその軌跡である重心線を正確に特定している。この点についても、図10を参照して後述する。
Next, regarding the specification of the center of gravity line, conventionally, pressure sensors are installed only at the positions (1), (3), and (5), and the load distribution at the positions (1), (3), and (5) on the foot is The center of gravity point was specified on the assumption that the ratio was 3: 1: 2.
However, in the illustrated embodiment, sensors (sensors 2, 6, 7) are also installed at positions (2), (6), (7). The force (pressure, shear force) acting on the positions (2), (6), and (7) is also measured to accurately determine the center of gravity (COP), and the center of gravity line that is the locus is accurately specified. ing. This point will also be described later with reference to FIG.

 ここで、「足の骨軸」について説明する。
 「足の骨軸」は、踵骨隆起部を表す位置(1)と距骨とを貫く軸であり、位置(1)、(2)、(3)、(5)、(7)にせん断力センサ1、2、3、5、7を設け、計測結果を解析することにより、「足の骨軸」における動きを正確に把握することが出来る。これについても、図10を参照して後述する。
 位置(1)、(2)、(3)、(5)、(7)は足底部で最も大きく動く部位なので、この5箇所のせん断力を求めると、「足の骨軸」の動きを解析し易い。そして位置(1)、(2)、(3)、(5)、(7)のせん断力を解析して「足の骨軸」の動きを解析することで、歩行中の踵骨などのずれや移動の速度、力(荷重の変化)、向き、ねじれ等が評価出来る。
 また、足の骨軸の動きは、足裏の関節の柔軟性に依存する。
Here, the “foot bone axis” will be described.
The “foot bone axis” is an axis that penetrates the position (1) representing the rib bulge and the talus, and shear force is applied to the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), and (7). By providing the sensors 1, 2, 3, 5, and 7 and analyzing the measurement result, it is possible to accurately grasp the movement in the “foot bone axis”. This will also be described later with reference to FIG.
Positions (1), (2), (3), (5), and (7) are the most moving parts at the bottom of the foot, so if you determine the shear force at these five places, analyze the movement of the “foot bone axis” Easy to do. By analyzing the shear force at positions (1), (2), (3), (5), and (7) and analyzing the motion of the “bone axis of the foot”, the displacement of the ribs and the like while walking Speed, force (change in load), direction, twist, etc. can be evaluated.
Further, the movement of the foot bone axis depends on the flexibility of the joint of the sole.

 位置(1)、(2)、(3)、(5)、(7)には、圧力センサではなく「せん断力センサ」を配置することが好適である。その理由について、図7を参照して説明する。
 位置(1)、(2)、(3)、(5)、(7)に作用する力を計測し、上述の解析を行うためには、図7(A)において、力の作用軸SH1の下端の矢印AHで示す力(紙面に垂直な方向の力も含む)を計測する必要がある。そのため、係る力の計測が可能なせん断力センサを、位置(1)、(2)、(3)、(5)、(7)に設置するのが好ましい。
 図7(B)で示す様に、圧力センサは垂直軸SH2の垂直方向荷重(符号P)しか計測することが出来ない。そのため、位置(1)、(2)、(3)、(5)、(7)に作用する力を計測するには不都合である。
It is preferable to arrange a “shear force sensor” in place of the pressure sensor at the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), and (7). The reason will be described with reference to FIG.
In order to measure the force acting on the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), and (7) and perform the above-described analysis, the force acting axis SH1 of FIG. It is necessary to measure the force indicated by the arrow AH at the lower end (including the force in the direction perpendicular to the paper surface). Therefore, it is preferable to install a shear force sensor capable of measuring such force at the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), and (7).
As shown in FIG. 7B, the pressure sensor can measure only the vertical load (symbol P) of the vertical axis SH2. Therefore, it is inconvenient to measure the force acting on the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), (7).

 上述した様に、位置(1)、(2)、(3)、(5)、(7)に作用するせん断力の計測結果を解析することにより、「足の骨軸」の動きが正確に把握することが出来る。例えば、足の骨軸から、踵の骨が外反しているか否かが判断出来る。
 例えば、アーチが硬く、足の骨軸が内側に動かない場合には、位置(2)、(3)側に荷重がかかり、歩行中に膝が捻じれ(回内モーメントが発生し)、将来、いわゆる「膝がこすれる」状態になって膝の痛みを訴える恐れがある。それに対して、図示の実施形態では位置(2)、(3)側に荷重がかかっているか否かを計測して、膝の痛みを訴える恐れがあるか否かを判定することが出来る。これについても、図12を参照して後述する。
As described above, by analyzing the measurement results of the shear force acting on the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), (7), the movement of the “foot bone axis” can be accurately performed. I can grasp it. For example, it can be determined from the bone axis of the foot whether or not the bone of the heel is valgus.
For example, when the arch is hard and the bone axis of the foot does not move inward, a load is applied to the positions (2) and (3), the knee is twisted during walking (pronation moment is generated), and in the future There is a risk of complaining of knee pain in a so-called “knee rub” condition. On the other hand, in the illustrated embodiment, it is possible to determine whether or not there is a risk of knee pain by measuring whether or not a load is applied to the positions (2) and (3). This will also be described later with reference to FIG.

 踵の上方の状態の一例を示す図8において、参考線L5L、L5Rは足Fの骨軸(実線で示す)と連続する脚部Lの中心軸(破線で示す)を表現している。参考線L5L、L5Rで示す様に、踵が曲がっている(外反している)場合には、踵が硬く(踵周辺の関節の可動域が制限されており)、外側(小指側)に曲がらないため、位置(1)におけるせん断力の数値が小さくなる。図8で示す様な場合(踵が硬く外側に曲がらない状態)では、膝にストレスが掛かり、痛みが発症する場合がある。
 その様な場合に、靴或いはインソールにおいて、靴の外側の高さ、内側の高さ或いは踵自体の高さを調節することにより、踵の動きを制限し、正常な重心線に近づけることが出来る。そのため、膝の痛みも低減する。これについては、図13を参照して後述する。
In FIG. 8 showing an example of the state above the heel, reference lines L5L and L5R represent the central axis (indicated by a broken line) of the leg L that is continuous with the bone axis of the foot F (indicated by a solid line). As shown by the reference lines L5L and L5R, when the heel is bent (extroverted), the heel is hard (the range of motion of the joint around the heel is limited) and bent outward (little finger side). Therefore, the value of the shear force at the position (1) is small. In the case shown in FIG. 8 (a state where the heel is hard and does not bend outward), stress may be applied to the knee and pain may develop.
In such a case, in the shoe or insole, the movement of the heel can be restricted by adjusting the height of the outside of the shoe, the height of the inside of the shoe, or the height of the heel itself, and it can be brought close to the normal center of gravity line. . Therefore, knee pain is also reduced. This will be described later with reference to FIG.

 ここで位置(4)における圧力の値は、アーチ、脚の骨軸、重心線の特定とは関係が無い。
 位置(4)における圧力値が大きい場合には、歩行に際して足指が有効に使われており、地面を蹴り出す力が大きいことを意味している。すなわち、歩行に際して足指が有効に使われており、地面を蹴り出す力が大きければ、その他の条件が同じ場合には、歩幅が大きく、歩行速度が速く、クリアランス(歩行中のつま先と接地面との距離)も大きい。そのため、歩行が安定しており、歩行時の転倒の危険性が少ない。
 換言すれば、位置(4)の計測結果は、歩行機能を判定し、歩行時の転倒の可能性を判断するのに用いられる。
Here, the value of the pressure at the position (4) has no relation to the specification of the arch, the bone axis of the leg, and the center of gravity line.
When the pressure value at the position (4) is large, it means that the toes are used effectively during walking and the force to kick the ground is large. In other words, if the toes are used effectively during walking, and the force to kick the ground is large, if the other conditions are the same, the stride is large, the walking speed is high, and the clearance (toe and ground contact surface during walking) The distance to the is also large. Therefore, walking is stable and there is little risk of falls during walking.
In other words, the measurement result of the position (4) is used for determining the walking function and determining the possibility of falling during walking.

 図4で示す重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック120における構成及び機能(作用)について、図9~図13を参照して説明する。
 図示の重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置120の機能ブロックを示す図9において、重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置120(破線で囲まれた部分)は、重心点決定ブロック120A、重心点の軌跡である重心線を決定する重心線決定ブロック120B、アーチ決定ブロック120C、骨軸決定ブロック120D、判定ブロック120E、記憶ブロック120Fを有する。図9における符号120I、120Oは、それぞれ入力側インターフェース、出力側インターフェースを示している。
 図2を参照して述べた通り、重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置120は、転倒リスク判定ブロック70と情報信号ラインIL110により接続されている。それと共に、重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置120は、情報信号ラインIL109により表示装置22と接続されている。
The configuration and function (action) of the centroid / arch / bone bone axis determination block 120 shown in FIG. 4 will be described with reference to FIGS.
In FIG. 9 showing the functional blocks of the illustrated center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120, the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 (the portion surrounded by the broken line) The block 120A includes a centroid line determination block 120B that determines a centroid line that is the locus of the centroid point, an arch determination block 120C, a bone axis determination block 120D, a determination block 120E, and a storage block 120F. Reference numerals 120I and 120O in FIG. 9 indicate an input side interface and an output side interface, respectively.
As described with reference to FIG. 2, the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 is connected to the fall risk determination block 70 by the information signal line IL110. In addition, the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 is connected to the display device 22 by an information signal line IL109.

 重心点決定ブロック120Aは、入力側インターフェース120I及び情報信号ラインIL101を介してセンサ1、2、3、5、6、7からの計測信号(位置(1)、(2)、(3)、(5)、(6)、(7)に作用する圧力或いはせん断力の計測結果)を受信し、重心点(COP)を求める機能を有している。
 重心点決定ブロック120Aで決定された重心点(瞬間における足裏の圧力中心)の情報は、情報信号ラインIL102を介して重心線決定ブロック120Bに送信される。
 重心点決定ブロック120Aにおいて重心点(COP)を決定する際には、従来公知のソフトウェア技術を用いて、測定対象者の特質等を考慮して、ケース・バイ・ケースで決定する。後述する重心線決定ブロック120B、アーチ決定ブロック120C、骨軸決定ブロック120Dにおいても同様である。
The center-of-gravity point determination block 120A includes measurement signals (positions (1), (2), (3), (7)) from the sensors 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, and 7 via the input-side interface 120I and the information signal line IL101. 5), (6), and (7) are received (measurement results of pressure or shear force) and have a function of obtaining the center of gravity (COP).
Information on the center of gravity point (the center of pressure on the sole of the foot at the moment) determined by the center of gravity point determination block 120A is transmitted to the center of gravity line determination block 120B via the information signal line IL102.
When the center-of-gravity point determination block 120A determines the center-of-gravity point (COP), it is determined on a case-by-case basis using conventionally known software technology and taking into account the characteristics of the person being measured. The same applies to the center-of-gravity line determination block 120B, the arch determination block 120C, and the bone axis determination block 120D described later.

 重心線決定ブロック120Bは、情報信号ラインIL102を介して重心点決定ブロック120Aから重心点(COP)の情報を受信し、重心点の軌跡である重心線を決定する機能を有している。
 重心線決定ブロック120Bで決定された重心線の情報は、情報信号ラインIL103を介して判定ブロック120Eに送信される。
The barycentric line determination block 120B has a function of receiving the barycentric point (COP) information from the barycentric point determining block 120A via the information signal line IL102 and determining the barycentric line that is the locus of the barycentric point.
The information on the centroid line determined by the centroid line determination block 120B is transmitted to the determination block 120E via the information signal line IL103.

 アーチ決定ブロック120Cは、入力側インターフェース120I及び情報信号ラインIL104を介して、センサ1、2、3、5、6、7からの計測信号(位置(1)、(2)、(3)、(5)、(6)、(7)に作用する圧力、せん断力の計測値)を受信し、それに基づいてアーチを決定する機能を有している。
 アーチ決定ブロック120Cでは、アーチを構成する縦アーチAR1、外アーチAR2、横アーチAR3のそれぞれの位置や形状を特定し、アーチが決定される。
 アーチ決定ブロック120Cで決定された縦アーチAR1、外アーチAR2、横アーチAR3の情報は、情報信号ラインIL105を介して判定ブロック120Eに送信される。
The arch determination block 120C receives the measurement signals (positions (1), (2), (3), (7) from the sensors 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 through the input side interface 120I and the information signal line IL104. 5), (6), and (7) pressure and shear force measurement values) are received, and an arch is determined based thereon.
In the arch determination block 120C, the positions and shapes of the vertical arch AR1, the outer arch AR2, and the horizontal arch AR3 constituting the arch are specified, and the arch is determined.
Information on the vertical arch AR1, the outer arch AR2, and the horizontal arch AR3 determined by the arch determination block 120C is transmitted to the determination block 120E via the information signal line IL105.

 骨軸決定ブロック120Dは、入力側インターフェース120I及び情報信号ラインIL106を介してセンサ1、2、3、5、7からの計測信号(位置(1)、(2)、(3)、(5)、(7)に作用する圧力、せん断力の測定値)を受信し、足の骨軸の動きを把握して、足の骨軸を決定する機能を有している。
 骨軸決定ブロック120Dで決定された足の骨軸の情報は、情報信号ラインIL107を介して判定ブロック120Eに送信される。
The bone axis determination block 120D includes measurement signals (positions (1), (2), (3), (5)) from the sensors 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 via the input-side interface 120I and the information signal line IL106. , (7) (measurement values of pressure and shear force), and the movement of the bone axis of the foot is grasped to determine the bone axis of the foot.
Information on the bone axis of the foot determined by the bone axis determination block 120D is transmitted to the determination block 120E via the information signal line IL107.

 記憶ブロック120Fには、重心点、重心線、アーチ、足の骨軸について、いわゆる「正常」と考えられる場合のデータ(正常値)が記憶されており、当該正常値データは情報信号ラインIL108を介して判定ブロック120Eに送信され、判定ブロック120Eによる判定の際に参照される。
 記憶ブロック120Fには、前記正常値データの他に、位置(2)、(3)側に作用する荷重のしきい値、位置(1)にかかるせん断力のしきい値等が記憶されている。
 ここで、位置(2)、(3)側に作用する荷重のしきい値は、判定ブロック120Eにおいて、アーチの硬さ(柔軟性)を判断するために用いられる。そして、位置(1)にかかるせん断力のしきい値は、判定ブロック120Eにおいて、踵が外反しているか否かを判断するために用いられる。
The memory block 120F stores data (normal values) when the center of gravity point, the center of gravity line, the arch, and the bone axis of the foot are considered to be “normal” (normal value). To the determination block 120E, and is referred to in the determination by the determination block 120E.
In addition to the normal value data, the storage block 120F stores a threshold value of the load acting on the positions (2) and (3), a threshold value of the shearing force applied to the position (1), and the like. .
Here, the threshold value of the load acting on the positions (2) and (3) is used in the determination block 120E to determine the hardness (flexibility) of the arch. Then, the threshold value of the shearing force applied to the position (1) is used in the determination block 120E to determine whether or not the heel is valgus.

 判定ブロック120Eは、重心線の正常値データ(記憶ブロック120Fから受信)と比較して、重心線決定ブロック120Bで決定された重心線が正常か否かを判定する機能と、重心線が正常でない場合にどの程度異常であるか(正常な状態からどの程度偏奇しているか)を判定する機能とを有している(図10のステップS102、S103参照)。
 判定ブロック120Eの前記判定結果は、出力側インターフェース120O及び情報信号ラインIL109を介して、表示装置122に送信されて表示される。それと共に、出力側インターフェース120O及び情報信号ラインIL110を介して、転倒リスク判定ブロック70に送信される。
The determination block 120E has a function of determining whether or not the centroid line determined by the centroid line determination block 120B is normal and the centroid line is not normal compared to normal value data (received from the storage block 120F) of the centroid line In this case, it has a function of determining how abnormal it is (how much it deviates from the normal state) (see steps S102 and S103 in FIG. 10).
The determination result of the determination block 120E is transmitted to the display device 122 and displayed via the output side interface 120O and the information signal line IL109. At the same time, it is transmitted to the fall risk determination block 70 via the output side interface 120O and the information signal line IL110.

 また判定ブロック120Eは、アーチの正常値データ(記憶ブロック120Fから受信)と比較して、アーチ決定ブロック120Cで決定されたアーチ(縦アーチAR1、外アーチAR2、横アーチAR3)が正常か否かを判定する機能と、アーチが正常でない場合にどの程度異常であるか(正常なアーチに比較して、どの程度変形しているか)を判定する機能を有している(図10のステップS102、S103参照)。
 そして判定ブロック120Eは、位置(2)、(3)側にかかる荷重の計測値を、当該荷重のしきい値(記憶ブロック120Fから受信)と比較して、アーチの硬さ(柔軟性)を判定する機能を有している。この機能は、図12を参照して後述する。
 さらに判定ブロック120Eは、位置(2)で作用する力の計測値と位置(6)に作用する力の計測値を比較して、アーチの種類(「扁平足」、「正常」、「ハイアーチ」)を判定する機能を有している。この機能については、図11を参照して後述する。
 判定ブロック120Eによるアーチに関する前記判定結果は、出力側インターフェース120O及び情報信号ラインIL109を介して、表示装置22に送信され表示される。それと共に、出力側インターフェース120O及び情報信号ラインIL110を介して、転倒リスク判定装置70に送信される。
In addition, the determination block 120E determines whether or not the arches (vertical arch AR1, outer arch AR2, lateral arch AR3) determined by the arch determination block 120C are normal compared to normal value data (received from the storage block 120F). And a function of determining how abnormal the arch is when it is not normal (how much it is deformed compared to a normal arch) (step S102 in FIG. 10). (See S103).
Then, the determination block 120E compares the measured value of the load applied to the positions (2) and (3) with the threshold value of the load (received from the storage block 120F), and determines the hardness (flexibility) of the arch. It has a function to judge. This function will be described later with reference to FIG.
Further, the determination block 120E compares the measured value of the force acting on the position (2) with the measured value of the force acting on the position (6) to determine the type of arch (“flat foot”, “normal”, “high arch”). It has the function to judge. This function will be described later with reference to FIG.
The determination result regarding the arch by the determination block 120E is transmitted and displayed on the display device 22 via the output side interface 120O and the information signal line IL109. At the same time, it is transmitted to the fall risk determination device 70 via the output side interface 120O and the information signal line IL110.

 判定ブロック120Eは、骨軸の正常値データ(記憶ブロック120Fから受信)と比較して、骨軸決定ブロック120Dで決定された足の骨軸が正常か否かを判定する機能と、足の骨軸が正常でない場合に異常の程度はどれ位か(足の骨軸が正常な場合に対してどの程度変形しているのか)を判定する機能を有している(図10のステップS102、S103参照)。
 また、判定ブロック120Eは、位置(1)にかかるせん断力の計測値を、踵が外反しているか否かを判断するための当該せん断力のしきい値(記憶ブロック120Fから受信)と比較して、踵が外反しているか否かを判定する機能を有している。この機能については、図13を参照して後述する。
 判定ブロック120Eによる骨軸に関する前記判定結果は、出力側インターフェース120O及び情報信号ラインIL109を介して、表示装置22に送信され表示される。それと共に、出力側インターフェース120O及び情報信号ラインIL110を介して、転倒リスク判定装置70に送信される。
 図11、図12、図13を参照して後述する制御を実行する際には、センサ1、2、3、5、6、7による計測信号は、入力側インターフェース120I及び情報信号ラインIL111を介して、判定ブロック120Eに送信される。換言すると、図11、図12、図13を参照して後述する制御に際しては、センサ1、2、3、5、6、7による計測信号は、重心点決定ブロック120A、重心線決定ブロック120B、アーチ決定ブロック120C、骨軸決定ブロック120Dは経由しない。
The determination block 120E has a function of determining whether or not the bone axis of the foot determined by the bone axis determination block 120D is normal compared to the normal value data of the bone axis (received from the storage block 120F), and the bone of the foot When the axis is not normal, it has a function of determining the degree of abnormality (how much the foot bone axis is deformed compared to the normal case) (steps S102 and S103 in FIG. 10). reference).
In addition, the determination block 120E compares the measured value of the shear force applied to the position (1) with a threshold value of the shear force (received from the storage block 120F) for determining whether or not the heel is valgus. Thus, it has a function of determining whether or not the heel is valgus. This function will be described later with reference to FIG.
The determination result regarding the bone axis by the determination block 120E is transmitted and displayed on the display device 22 via the output side interface 120O and the information signal line IL109. At the same time, it is transmitted to the fall risk determination device 70 via the output side interface 120O and the information signal line IL110.
When the control described later with reference to FIGS. 11, 12, and 13 is executed, measurement signals from the sensors 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, and 7 are transmitted via the input-side interface 120I and the information signal line IL111. Is transmitted to the decision block 120E. In other words, in the control described later with reference to FIGS. 11, 12, and 13, the measurement signals from the sensors 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, and 7 are the centroid point determination block 120 </ b> A, the centroid line determination block 120 </ b> B, The arch determination block 120C and the bone axis determination block 120D are not routed.

 表示装置22は、判定ブロック120Eから送信された判定結果を表示する機能を有している。
 具体的には、「被験者の重心線が正常か否か」、「重心線が正常でない場合、どの程度異常なのか」、「被験者のアーチ(縦アーチ、外アーチ、横アーチ)が正常か否か」、「アーチが正常でない場合、どの程度異常なのか」、「被験者の足の骨軸が正常か否か」、「足の骨軸が正常でない場合、どの程度異常なのか」について、画像データを含めて表示する機能を有している。
 また、表示装置22は、判定ブロック120Eの判定結果として、「アーチの硬さ(柔軟性)」、「アーチの種類(扁平足、正常、ハイアーチ)」、「踵が外反しているか否か」について、画像データを含めて表示する機能を有している。
 表示装置22は情報伝達ラインCL76(図2)を介して、前記画像データを転倒防止指導ブロック90に送信する機能も有している。
The display device 22 has a function of displaying the determination result transmitted from the determination block 120E.
Specifically, “whether the subject's center of gravity is normal”, “how abnormal if the center of gravity is not normal”, “whether the subject's arch (vertical arch, outer arch, lateral arch) is normal ”,“ How abnormal is the arch when it is not normal ”,“ Is the subject's foot bone axis normal or not ”,“ How much is abnormal when the foot bone axis is not normal ” It has a function to display including data.
In addition, the display device 22 determines, as the determination result of the determination block 120E, “arch hardness (flexibility)”, “arch type (flat feet, normal, high arch)”, and “whether the heel is valgus”. , It has a function to display including image data.
The display device 22 also has a function of transmitting the image data to the fall prevention instruction block 90 via the information transmission line CL76 (FIG. 2).

 図2において、転倒防止指導ブロック90は、転倒リスク判定ブロック70から送信された判定結果、表示装置22から送信された画像データを受信して、これ等に基づいて、判定結果が「正常ではない」場合に、それを改善するための運動、使用器具等を提示する機能を有する(図10~図13参照)。 In FIG. 2, the fall prevention instruction block 90 receives the judgment result transmitted from the fall risk judgment block 70 and the image data transmitted from the display device 22, and based on these, the judgment result is “not normal. In this case, it has a function of presenting exercises, appliances, etc. for improving the situation (see FIGS. 10 to 13).

 重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置120による足部の異常解析の一例を、主として図10を参照して説明する。
 図10のフローチャートは、位置(1)、(2)、(3)、(5)、(6)、(7)に作用する力を計測し、当該計測結果より重心点(足裏の圧力中心)、重心線、アーチ、足の骨軸を決定し当該重心線、アーチ、足の骨軸が正常か否かを判定した上、異常を抑制する運動、使用器具を設計、決定する制御を示している。
 図10において、ステップS101では、センサ1、2、3、5、6、7により位置(1)、(2)、(3)、(5)、(6)、(7)に作用する力を計測する。そして、ステップS102に進む。
An example of an abnormality analysis of the foot by the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 will be described mainly with reference to FIG.
The flowchart of FIG. 10 measures the force acting on the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), (6), and (7), and the center of gravity (the center of pressure on the sole) is measured from the measurement result. ), Centroid line, arch, and bone axis of the foot are determined, whether the centroid line, arch, and bone axis of the foot are normal or not, exercise to suppress abnormalities, and control to design and determine the equipment used are shown ing.
In FIG. 10, in step S101, the force acting on the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), (6), (7) by the sensors 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 is applied. measure. Then, the process proceeds to step S102.

 ステップS102では、重心点決定ブロック120A(図9)において、ステップS1の位置(1)、(2)、(3)、(5)、(6)、(7)に作用する力(圧力、せん断力)の計測結果に基づき、重心点(足裏の圧力中心)を決定し、さらに重心線決定ブロック120B(図9)において、重心点の軌跡である重心線を決定する。
 また、ステップS102では、アーチ決定ブロック120C(図9)において、ステップS101の位置(1)、(2)、(3)、(5)、(6)、(7)に作用する力の計測結果に基づき、アーチ(縦アーチ、外アーチ、横アーチ)を決定する
 さらに、ステップS102では、骨軸決定ブロック120D(図9)において、ステップS101の位置(1)、(2)、(3)、(5)、(7)に作用する力の計測結果に基づき、足の骨軸を決定する。
In step S102, forces (pressure, shear) acting on the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), (6), and (7) in step S1 in the barycentric point determination block 120A (FIG. 9). Based on the measurement result of the force), the center of gravity point (center of pressure on the sole) is determined, and further, the center of gravity line that is the locus of the center of gravity point is determined in the center of gravity line determination block 120B (FIG. 9).
In step S102, in the arch determination block 120C (FIG. 9), the measurement result of the force acting on the positions (1), (2), (3), (5), (6), and (7) in step S101. Further, in step S102, in the bone axis determination block 120D (FIG. 9), positions (1), (2), (3), Based on the measurement results of the forces acting on (5) and (7), the bone axis of the foot is determined.

 次に、ステップS103では、ステップS102で決定した重心線、アーチ(縦アーチAR1、外アーチAR2、横アーチAR3)、足の骨軸を、記憶ブロック120F(図9)に記憶された正常な重心線、アーチ、骨軸のデータと比較し、当該比較結果により被験者の重心線、アーチ、骨軸が正常であるか否かを判定し、異常である場合には異常の程度を判定する。
 ステップS104では、ステップS103で被験者の重心線、アーチ、骨軸の何れかが異常と判定された場合に、当該異常を抑制、改善するのに好適な運動、使用器具等を設計、決定し、提示する。そして、制御を終了する。
Next, in step S103, the center of gravity line, the arch (vertical arch AR1, outer arch AR2, lateral arch AR3), and the bone axis of the foot determined in step S102 are stored in the storage block 120F (FIG. 9). Compared with the data of the line, arch, and bone axis, it is determined whether or not the subject's center of gravity line, arch, and bone axis are normal based on the comparison result, and if abnormal, the degree of abnormality is determined.
In step S104, if any of the subject's center of gravity line, arch, or bone axis is determined to be abnormal in step S103, design and determine a suitable exercise, use instrument, etc. to suppress and improve the abnormality, Present. And control is complete | finished.

 重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置120による足部の異常解析の他の例を、主として図11を参照して説明する。
 図6に関連して上述した様に、位置(6)と位置(2)に作用する力の計測結果から、縦アーチAR1に関連して、被験者のアーチに関する種類を「扁平足」、「正常」、「ハイアーチ」の3種類に分類することが出来る。ここで、
 位置(2)に作用する力≒位置(6)に作用する力、或いは、
 位置(2)に作用する力≦位置(6)に作用する力、であれば、被験者は扁平足であり、
 位置(2)に作用する力>位置(6)に作用する力であれば、被験者は扁平足でもハイアーチでもない「正常」な足であり、
 位置(2)に作用する力、位置(6)に作用する力が共に検出されない場合には、被験者は「ハイアーチ」に分類される。
 係る関係を用いて判断する制御(処理)が図11に記載されている。
Another example of an abnormality analysis of the foot by the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 will be described mainly with reference to FIG.
As described above with reference to FIG. 6, from the measurement result of the force acting on the position (6) and the position (2), the types related to the arch of the subject are “flat feet” and “normal” in relation to the vertical arch AR1. And “High Arch”. here,
Force acting on position (2) ≈force acting on position (6), or
If the force acting on the position (2) ≦ the force acting on the position (6), the subject is a flat foot,
If the force acting on position (2)> the force acting on position (6), the subject is a “normal” foot that is neither a flat foot nor a high arch,
If neither a force acting on position (2) nor a force acting on position (6) is detected, the subject is classified as “high arch”.
The control (processing) that is determined using such a relationship is described in FIG.

 図11において、ステップS111では、センサ2、センサ6により位置(2)、(6)に作用する力(例えば圧力、せん断力も可能)を計測する。そしてステップS112に進む。
 ステップS112では、ステップS111で計測した位置(2)に作用する力と、同じく位置(6)に作用する力の大きさを比較し、位置(2)に作用する力が位置(6)に作用する力よりも大きいか否かを判断する。
 ステップS112の比較の結果、位置(2)に作用する力が位置(6)に作用する力より大きい場合は(ステップS112が「Yes」)、ステップS113に進む。
 ステップS113では、被験者のアーチは、扁平足やハイアーチには該当せず、「正常」と判断して、制御を終了する。
In FIG. 11, in step S <b> 111, forces (for example, pressure and shear force) acting on the positions (2) and (6) are measured by the sensors 2 and 6. Then, the process proceeds to step S112.
In step S112, the force acting on the position (2) measured in step S111 is compared with the force acting on the position (6), and the force acting on the position (2) acts on the position (6). It is judged whether or not it is greater than the force to be applied.
As a result of the comparison in step S112, when the force acting on the position (2) is larger than the force acting on the position (6) (step S112 is “Yes”), the process proceeds to step S113.
In step S113, the subject's arch does not correspond to a flat foot or a high arch, and is determined to be “normal”, and the control ends.

 ステップS112の比較の結果、位置(2)に作用する力が位置(6)に作用する力と概略等しいか、或いは、位置(2)に作用する力が位置(6)に作用する力より小さい場合(ステップS112が「No(位置(2)≦位置(6))」の場合)は、ステップS114に進む。
 ステップS114では、被験者のアーチが「扁平足」に該当すると判断する。この場合には、転倒防止指導ブロック90(図2)において、例えばインソールにアーチを形成する等の工夫(扁平足改善用の器具の提供)を提示することが可能である。
 ステップS112の比較の結果、位置(2)に作用する力及び位置(6)に作用する力が共に検出されない場合(ステップS112が「No(位置(2)、位置(6)の力が検出されず)」の場合)は、ステップS115に進む。
 ステップS115では、被験者のアーチが「ハイアーチ」に該当すると判断して、制御を終了する。
 なお、図11には図示されていないが、アーチに関する各種判定においては、必要に応じて(2)、(6)以外のその他の位置(1)、(3)、(5)、(7)に作用する力(圧力、せん断力)の計測結果を併せて参照する必要がある。後述する図12、図13の制御においても同様である。
As a result of the comparison in step S112, the force acting on the position (2) is substantially equal to the force acting on the position (6), or the force acting on the position (2) is smaller than the force acting on the position (6). In the case (when step S112 is “No (position (2) ≦ position (6))”), the process proceeds to step S114.
In step S114, it is determined that the subject's arch corresponds to “flat feet”. In this case, in the fall prevention instruction block 90 (FIG. 2), it is possible to present a device such as forming an arch on the insole (providing a device for improving flat feet).
As a result of the comparison in step S112, when neither the force acting on the position (2) nor the force acting on the position (6) is detected (step S112 is “No (position (2), force at position (6) is detected). Z))), the process proceeds to step S115.
In step S115, it is determined that the subject's arch corresponds to the “high arch”, and the control is terminated.
Although not shown in FIG. 11, in various determinations related to the arch, other positions (1), (3), (5), (7) other than (2) and (6) as necessary. It is necessary to refer to the measurement results of the force (pressure, shear force) acting on The same applies to the control of FIGS. 12 and 13 described later.

 重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置120による足部の異常解析の別の例を、主として図12を参照して説明する。
 上述した様に、アーチが硬く、足の骨軸が内側に動かない場合には、位置(2)、(3)側に大きな荷重がかかり、歩行中に膝が捻じれ(回内モーメントが発生し)、将来、いわゆる「膝がこすれる」状態になって膝の痛みを訴える恐れがある。
 図12のフローチャートは、係る恐れの有無を判断する。そのため、位置(2)、(3)側に作用する力を計測し、計測された力が大きい場合は、「アーチが硬く歩行中に膝が捻じれる恐れがある」等の判断を行う。それと共に、「歩行中に膝が捻じれる(回内モーメントが発生する)」ことを抑制するための運動、使用器具を提示する。
Another example of the abnormality analysis of the foot by the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 will be described mainly with reference to FIG.
As mentioned above, when the arch is stiff and the bone axis of the foot does not move inward, a large load is applied to the positions (2) and (3), and the knee is twisted during walking (pronation moment occurs) In the future, there is a risk of complaining of knee pain in a so-called “knee rub” condition.
The flowchart in FIG. 12 determines whether or not there is such a fear. Therefore, the force acting on the positions (2) and (3) is measured, and if the measured force is large, a determination such as “the arch is hard and the knee may be twisted during walking” is performed. At the same time, a device for exercise and use for suppressing “twisting the knee while walking (pronation moment occurs)” is presented.

 図12において、ステップS121では、センサ2、3により位置(2)、(3)に作用する力(圧力、せん断力)を計測する。そしてステップS122に進む。
 ステップS122では、ステップS121で計測された位置(2)、(3)に作用する力に基づき、位置(2)、(3)側に大きな荷重がかかっているか否かを判断する。係る判断は、例えば、位置(2)、(3)に作用する力の計測結果と、歩行中に膝が捻じれる(回内モーメントが発生する)場合の各種データ及び被験者の計測データに基づいて総合的に決定されるしきい値とを比較して行われる。
 ステップS122で、位置(2)、(3)側に(対処すべき)大きな荷重がかかっていると判断した場合は(ステップS122が「Yes」)、ステップS123に進む。
 一方、ステップS122で、位置(2)、(3)側に(対処すべき)大きな荷重がかかっていない判断した場合は(ステップS122が「No」)、制御を終了する。
In FIG. 12, in step S <b> 121, forces (pressure, shear force) acting on the positions (2) and (3) are measured by the sensors 2 and 3. Then, the process proceeds to step S122.
In step S122, based on the force acting on the positions (2) and (3) measured in step S121, it is determined whether or not a large load is applied to the positions (2) and (3). Such determination is based on, for example, measurement results of forces acting on the positions (2) and (3), various data when the knee is twisted during walking (pronation moment is generated), and measurement data of the subject. This is performed by comparing with a comprehensively determined threshold value.
When it is determined in step S122 that a large load (to be dealt with) is applied to the positions (2) and (3) (step S122 is “Yes”), the process proceeds to step S123.
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S122 that a large load (which should be dealt with) is not applied to the positions (2) and (3) (step S122 is “No”), the control is terminated.

 ステップS123(位置(2)、(3)側に(対処すべき)大きな荷重がかかっていると判断された場合)では、「アーチが硬く、足の骨軸が内側に移動しない(したがってO脚気味となり、脚が外側に曲がる)」と判断する。そしてステップS124に進む。
 ステップS124では、当該被験者には、現在或いは将来において、「歩行中に膝が捻じれる(回内モーメントが発生する)」と判断し、そのため、「将来、いわゆる「膝がこすれる」状態になって膝の痛みを訴える恐れがある」と判断する。
 そして、ステップS125に進む。
In step S123 (when it is determined that a large load (which should be dealt with) is applied to the positions (2) and (3)), “the arch is stiff and the bone axis of the foot does not move inward (therefore, the O leg). It makes me feel and my legs bend outward). Then, the process proceeds to step S124.
In step S124, it is determined that the subject is “twisting the knee while walking (pronation moment is generated)” at the present or in the future. There is a risk of complaining of knee pain. "
Then, the process proceeds to step S125.

 ステップS125では、歩行中に膝が捻じれ(回内モーメントが発生し)、将来、いわゆる「膝がこすれる」状態になって膝の痛みを訴える恐れがある場合に対する改善策或いは対処法を提示する。
 例えば、歩行中の膝の捻じれ(回内モーメントの発生)を抑制して、将来の膝の痛みを予防するため、足の骨軸が内側に移動し易い器具や、足の骨軸が外側に移動するのを抑制して、内側に移動するのを助長するための体操を提示する。例えば、靴或いはインソールにおいて、靴の外側の高さ、内側の高さ或いは踵自体の高さを調節することにより、踵の動きを制限し、正常な重心線に近づけることが出来る。そのため、膝の痛みも低減する。
 ステップS125については、情報処理装置のみならず、専門家や医者がステップS123、S124の判定結果を受けて提示を行う場合を包含する。
In step S125, an improvement measure or a countermeasure for the case where the knee is twisted (pronation moment is generated) during walking and there is a possibility of complaining of knee pain in a so-called “knee rubbing” state in the future is presented. .
For example, in order to prevent knee torsion (occurrence of pronation moment) during walking and prevent future knee pain, the foot bone axis is easily moved inward or the foot bone axis is outside. Presenting a gymnastics to restrain the movement and encourage the movement to the inside. For example, in a shoe or an insole, by adjusting the height of the outer side of the shoe, the height of the inner side, or the height of the heel itself, the movement of the heel can be limited and brought close to a normal center of gravity line. Therefore, knee pain is also reduced.
Step S125 includes a case where not only the information processing apparatus but also an expert or doctor receives the determination results of steps S123 and S124 and makes a presentation.

 重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置120による足部の異常解析のさらに別の例を、主として図13を参照して説明する。
 図8で示す様に踵が曲がっている(外反している)場合には、踵が硬く、外側(小指側)に曲がらないため、位置(1)におけるせん断力の数値が小さくなる。
 図13のフローチャートでは、位置(1)に作用するせん断力を計測し、当該せん断力が小さい場合は、「踵が曲がっていて(外反していて)、踵が外側に曲がらない状態」と判断して、それ抑制する体操や使用器具を提示する。
Still another example of the abnormal analysis of the foot by the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 will be described mainly with reference to FIG.
As shown in FIG. 8, when the heel is bent (turned outward), the heel is hard and does not bend outward (the little finger side), so the value of the shear force at the position (1) becomes small.
In the flowchart of FIG. 13, the shearing force acting on the position (1) is measured, and when the shearing force is small, it is determined that “the heel is bent (turned outward) and the heel does not bend outward”. Then, it presents gymnastics and appliances to suppress it.

 図13において、ステップS131では、センサ1により位置(1)に作用するせん断力を計測する。そしてステップS132に進む。
 ステップS132では、ステップS131で計測した位置(1)に作用するせん断力がしきい値N以下か否かを判断する。ここで、しきい値Nは、外反に関する蓄積されたデータと、被験者の計測データに基づいて、総合的に決定される。
 ステップS132で、位置(1)に作用するせん断力がしきい値N以下の場合は(ステップS132が「Yes」)、ステップS133に進む。
 一方、ステップS132で、位置(1)に作用するせん断力がしきい値Nより大きい場合は(ステップS132が「No」)、制御を終了する。
In FIG. 13, in step S131, the shear force acting on the position (1) is measured by the sensor 1. Then, the process proceeds to step S132.
In step S132, it is determined whether or not the shear force acting on the position (1) measured in step S131 is equal to or less than a threshold value N. Here, the threshold value N is comprehensively determined based on accumulated data relating to hallux valgus and measurement data of the subject.
If the shearing force acting on the position (1) is equal to or less than the threshold value N in step S132 (step S132 is “Yes”), the process proceeds to step S133.
On the other hand, when the shearing force acting on the position (1) is larger than the threshold value N in step S132 (step S132 is “No”), the control is terminated.

 ステップS133(位置(1)に作用するせん断力がしきい値N以下の場合)は、被験者の「踵が曲がっており(外反している)、踵が硬くて外側(小指側)に曲がらない状態」と判断する。そしてステップS134に進む。
 ここで、踵が硬く外側に曲がらない状態では、膝にストレスが掛かり、痛みが発症する恐れがある。そのため、ステップ1S34では、踵が硬く外側に曲がらないため、膝にストレスが掛かり、痛みが発症する恐れがある場合の改善策或いは対処方法を提示する。
 ステップS134では、例えば、踵の外側に隙間のあるインソール或いは靴を提示する。靴或いはインソールにおいて、靴の外側の高さ、内側の高さ或いは踵自体の高さを調節することにより、踵の動きを制限し、正常な重心線に近づけることが出来る。そのため、膝の痛みも低減する。
In step S133 (when the shearing force acting on the position (1) is equal to or less than the threshold value N), the test subject's “the heel is bent (upside down), the heel is hard and does not bend outward (the little finger side). It is judged as “state”. Then, the process proceeds to step S134.
Here, when the heel is hard and does not bend outward, stress may be applied to the knee and pain may develop. Therefore, in step 1S34, since the heel is hard and does not bend outward, an improvement measure or a coping method when there is a risk of stress on the knee and the onset of pain is presented.
In step S134, for example, an insole or a shoe with a gap on the outside of the bag is presented. In the shoe or insole, by adjusting the height of the outside of the shoe, the height of the inside of the shoe, or the height of the heel itself, the movement of the heel can be limited and brought close to the normal center of gravity line. Therefore, knee pain is also reduced.

 また図示はしないが、足裏計測システム100によれば、外反母趾についても、それを改善することが出来る。
 外反母趾或いはその傾向がある場合には、位置(7)に大きな荷重が掛かり、位置(3)で地面を強く蹴っている。そのため、位置(5)における地面を蹴る力を抑制し、位置(7)に係る荷重が適正になる様に靴やインソール等を工夫し、器具を提案し、或いは、位置(5)における地面を蹴る力を抑制し、位置(7)に係る荷重が適正になる様な運動プログラムを提案することが出来る。
Although not shown, the sole measuring system 100 can also improve the hallux valgus.
When the hallux valgus or the tendency exists, a large load is applied to the position (7), and the ground is strongly kicked at the position (3). Therefore, the force of kicking the ground at the position (5) is suppressed, the shoes and the insole are devised so that the load related to the position (7) is appropriate, the device is proposed, or the ground at the position (5) is It is possible to propose an exercise program that suppresses the kicking force and makes the load related to the position (7) appropriate.

 足裏計測システム100及び重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置120では、足の重心点、アーチ、足の骨軸を決定し、足の重心点の軌跡である「足の重心線」を求めて、正常なデータと比較することにより、足圧分布のみでは判断することが出来ない各種異常(変形性膝関節症や外反拇指以外の異常)の有無を判断することが出来る。そして、当該異常を矯正或いは抑制する様な器具、運動を提案することが可能である。特に、小学生、中学生の様に成長途中の段階であれば、上述した様な運動や器具により、各種異常が解消され、正常な状態になる可能性が高い。
 換言すれば、実施形態によれば、変形性膝関節症や外反拇指以外の各種異常を判断するパラメータとして、足の重心線、アーチ、足の骨軸という足圧分布以外のパラメータを用いている。
The foot measurement system 100 and the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 determine the center of gravity of the foot, the arch, and the bone axis of the foot, and “the center of gravity line of the foot” which is the locus of the center of gravity of the foot. Thus, by comparing with normal data, it is possible to determine the presence or absence of various abnormalities (abnormalities other than knee osteoarthritis and hallux phalanges) that cannot be determined only by foot pressure distribution. Then, it is possible to propose a device or exercise that corrects or suppresses the abnormality. In particular, at the stage of growth like elementary school students and junior high school students, there is a high possibility that various abnormalities will be resolved and the normal state will be obtained by the exercise and equipment described above.
In other words, according to the embodiment, as parameters for determining various abnormalities other than knee osteoarthritis and hallux valgus, parameters other than foot pressure distribution such as foot center of gravity, arch, and foot bone axis are used. Yes.

 足裏計測システム100及び重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置120では、前記センサ1~7を踵骨隆起部(位置1)、立方骨(位置2)、第五中足骨頭(位置3)、第一中足骨頭(位置5)、中間楔状骨(位置6)、横足弓中心(位置7)と対応する位置に設けたので、足の重心点、アーチ、足の骨軸を正確に決定することが出来る。
 そして、足の重心点の軌跡である「足の重心線」も容易に求めることが出来る。
In the sole measurement system 100 and the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120, the sensors 1 to 7 are set to the rib raised portion (position 1), the cubic bone (position 2), and the fifth metatarsal head (position). 3) Since the first metatarsal head (position 5), the intermediate wedge bone (position 6), and the lateral foot arch center (position 7) are provided, the center of gravity of the foot, the arch, and the bone axis of the foot are provided. Can be determined accurately.
Then, the “foot barycentric line” that is the trajectory of the barycentric point can be easily obtained.

 また足裏計測システム100及び重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置120では、被験者の足と接触する靴或いはソール等の足裏と接触する部材にセンサ1~7を設けているので、被験者と接触する構成を小型化することが出来る。
 そのため、大型装置の様に被測定者に余計なストレスを与えてしまうことはなく、そのため、正確な計測が可能である。また、小型化された装置であれば、運動している中で(例えば歩行中に)、上述した位置に作用する力(せん断力或いは圧力)を直接計測することが可能になる。従来技術の様に、静止した状態の足裏圧力から歩行中の足裏圧力を推定する必要はない。
 特に、図4で示す場合には、センサ1~7の出力を重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置120に対して無線で送信しているので、有線で計測結果を送信する場合に比較して、被験者が運動中(例えば歩行中)における計測結果の送信が容易であり、解析が容易に行われる。
Further, in the sole measurement system 100 and the center of gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120, the sensors 1 to 7 are provided on the members that contact the soles of shoes or soles that contact the feet of the subject. The structure which contacts a test subject can be reduced in size.
Therefore, it does not give extra stress to the person being measured like a large-sized device, and therefore accurate measurement is possible. In addition, if the device is downsized, it is possible to directly measure the force (shearing force or pressure) acting on the above-described position while exercising (for example, during walking). Unlike the prior art, it is not necessary to estimate the sole pressure during walking from the sole pressure in a stationary state.
In particular, in the case shown in FIG. 4, since the outputs of the sensors 1 to 7 are wirelessly transmitted to the center of gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120, the measurement results are transmitted by wire. In comparison, measurement results can be easily transmitted while the subject is exercising (for example, walking), and analysis is easily performed.

 ここで、拇指接地面(位置4)における圧力値が大きい場合には、歩行に際して足指が有効に使われており、地面を蹴り出す力が大きいことを意味している。すなわち、拇指接地面(位置4)における圧力値が大きければ、歩行に際して足指が有効に使われており、地面を蹴り出す力が大きいことを意味する。従って、その他の条件が同じであれば、拇指接地面(位置4)における圧力値が大きい場合には、歩幅が大きく、歩行速度が速く、クリアランス(つま先と接地面との距離)も大きいことになる。そのため、歩行が安定しており、歩行時の転倒の危険性が少ない。
 足裏計測システム100では、拇指接地面(位置4)にセンサ4を設けているので、足部の異常に加えて、歩行機能を判定し、歩行時に転倒する可能性を判断することが出来る。
Here, when the pressure value on the thumb contact surface (position 4) is large, it means that the toes are used effectively during walking and the force to kick the ground is large. That is, if the pressure value on the thumb contact surface (position 4) is large, it means that the toes are used effectively during walking and the force to kick the ground is large. Therefore, if other conditions are the same, when the pressure value on the thumb contact surface (position 4) is large, the stride is large, the walking speed is fast, and the clearance (distance between the toe and the contact surface) is also large. Become. Therefore, walking is stable and there is little risk of falls during walking.
In the sole measurement system 100, since the sensor 4 is provided on the thumb contact surface (position 4), in addition to the abnormality of the foot, the walking function can be determined and the possibility of falling during walking can be determined.

 そして足裏計測システム100及び重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置120では、位置(6)と位置(2)に作用する力の計測値から、被験者が「扁平足」、「正常」、「ハイアーチ」の何れに該当するのかを特定出来る(図8)。
 さらに、位置(2)、(3)側に作用する力の計測値から、「アーチが硬く歩行中に膝が捻じれる」か否かを判断することが出来て、それ抑制する運動、使用器具も併せて提示することが出来る(図12)。
 それに加えて、位置(1)に作用するせん断力の計測値から、「踵が曲がっていて(外反していて)、踵が外側に曲がらない状態」であるか否かを判断することが出来て、それ抑制する使用器具を提示することが出来る(図13)。
 ここで、図8では外反の場合を示しているが、足裏計測システム及び重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック制御装置120は、内反に対しても対応することが出来る。
In the sole measurement system 100 and the bone center determination block control device 120 for the center of gravity, the arch, and the bone, based on the measurement values of the force acting on the position (6) and the position (2), the test subject is “flat foot”, “normal”, Which of the “high arch” is applicable can be specified (FIG. 8).
Furthermore, from the measured values of the force acting on the positions (2) and (3), it is possible to determine whether or not “the knee is twisted while walking because the arch is stiff”, and the exercise and equipment used Can also be presented (FIG. 12).
In addition, from the measured value of the shear force acting on the position (1), it is possible to determine whether or not “the heel is bent (valgus) and the heel does not bend outward”. Thus, it is possible to present a device to be used to suppress it (FIG. 13).
Here, FIG. 8 shows the case of valgus, but the sole measurement system and the center-of-gravity / arch / bone bone axis determination block control device 120 can cope with varus.

 次に、図14~図20を参照して、足部判定システム200について詳細に説明する。
 先ず、図14~図16を参照して、足部判定システム200を説明する。
 図14において足部判定システム200は、被験者Mの両足を載置可能な撮影箇所である台201と、被験者Mの画像を撮影する撮像装置202(例えばカメラ:以下同じ)と、撮像装置202(カメラ)により撮影した被験者Mの画像データを解析する解析装置である骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210を有している。
 台201(撮影箇所)の周囲には、台201と同心円状にレール204が配置されている。このレール204上を、カメラ202が移動可能に設置されている。
Next, the foot determination system 200 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS.
First, the foot determination system 200 will be described with reference to FIGS.
In FIG. 14, a foot determination system 200 includes a table 201 that is an imaging location where both feet of the subject M can be placed, an imaging device 202 that captures an image of the subject M (for example, a camera: the same applies hereinafter), and an imaging device 202 ( It has a skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 which is an analysis device for analyzing image data of a subject M photographed by a camera.
A rail 204 is arranged concentrically with the table 201 around the table 201 (photographing location). A camera 202 is movably installed on the rail 204.

 明確には図示されていないが、カメラ202には駆動機構(走行機構)が設けられており、当該駆動機構(図示せず)により、矢印ARで示す様に、カメラ202はレール204上を等速移動する。ここで、不等速移動或いは断続的な移動等であっても良い。
 カメラ202はレール204上を等速移動しながら、所定間隔(或いは所定時間)毎に、例えばカメラ202が同心円状のレール204の中心角が30°に対応する距離だけ移動する度毎に(レール204上を円周方向に12等分した円周方向間隔分だけカメラ2が移動する度毎に)、カメラ202はその瞬間における静止画像を撮影する。
 図示はされていないが、カメラ202は台201の頂面に対して真横の位置(水平な位置:垂直方向について同一の位置)ではなく、水平方向から上方に約30°の位置から撮影するのが好ましい。動画についても同様である。台201の頂面に対して水平方向から上方に約30°の位置から撮影すれば、被験者Mの踝が撮影し易く、足の特徴点が取り易いからである。
 また、台201の表面(特に頂面)は、足の特徴点を乱し難いようにするため、幾何学的な模様(例えば、いわゆる「モザイク模様」)が付されているのが好ましい。
Although not clearly shown, the camera 202 is provided with a drive mechanism (traveling mechanism), and the camera 202 moves on the rail 204 as indicated by an arrow AR by the drive mechanism (not shown). Move fast. Here, it may be non-uniform movement or intermittent movement.
While the camera 202 moves on the rail 204 at a constant speed, for example, every time the camera 202 moves by a distance corresponding to the central angle of the concentric rail 204 of 30 ° (rail) (Every time the camera 2 moves by a circumferential interval equal to 12 in the circumferential direction on 204), the camera 202 captures a still image at that moment.
Although not shown, the camera 202 shoots from a position of about 30 ° upward from the horizontal direction, not a position just beside the top surface of the table 201 (horizontal position: the same position in the vertical direction). Is preferred. The same applies to videos. This is because if the subject 201 is photographed from a position of about 30 ° upward from the horizontal direction with respect to the top surface of the table 201, the eyelid of the subject M can be easily photographed and the foot feature points can be easily obtained.
The surface (especially the top surface) of the base 201 is preferably provided with a geometric pattern (for example, a so-called “mosaic pattern”) in order to make it difficult to disturb the feature points of the foot.

 ここでカメラ202は、静止画像を撮影する機能と共に、動画を撮影する機能を有している。
 例えば、台201に載った被験者Mは、足裏を台に密着させた状態(いわゆる「ベタ足」の状態)と、踵を出来る限り上方に持ち上げた状態(いわゆる「つま先立ち」の状態)とを繰り返す。カメラ202は台201の周囲のレール204上を移動しながら静止画像を撮影しつつ、被験者Mが足裏を台に密着させた状態(ベタ足)と、踵を出来る限り上方に持ち上げた状態(つま先立ち)とを繰り返す様子を動画として撮影する。
 図示はされていないが、台201における被験者Mの足のつま先に相当する部分を下方に移動可能に構成して、被験者Mがつま先を上げ下げする動作を静止画及び動画で撮影しても良い。つま先を上げ下げする動作は筋肉主導ではないので、骨格の異常を判定するのに好ましい。
 明確な図示はされていないが、外からの光(例えば太陽光)が反射して画像が見えにくくなることを防止して、計測精度を向上するために、カメラ202に特定の波長の光(特定の色の光)を透過するフィルタを付けても良い。また、システム200外から特定の波長の光(特定の色の光)の情報を付与するか、或いは、被験者Mの皮膚にマーカを付けることにより、新たな基準点を設定して、新しい計測系を構成することが出来る。前記マーカとしては、例えば、近赤外線光或いは紫外線に反応するマーカを用いることが出来る。
Here, the camera 202 has a function of shooting a moving image as well as a function of shooting a still image.
For example, the subject M placed on the table 201 has a state in which the sole is in close contact with the table (so-called “solid foot” state) and a state in which the heel is lifted up as much as possible (so-called “toe standing” state). repeat. The camera 202 shoots a still image while moving on the rail 204 around the table 201, while the subject M has his sole in close contact with the table (solid foot) and a state where the heel is lifted up as much as possible ( Take a video of how to repeat the toe.
Although not shown, a portion corresponding to the toe of the subject M's foot on the table 201 may be configured to be movable downward, and the motion of the subject M raising and lowering the toe may be captured as a still image and a moving image. Since the action of raising and lowering the toes is not muscle driven, it is preferable for determining skeletal abnormalities.
Although not clearly illustrated, in order to prevent light from being reflected from outside (for example, sunlight) and making an image difficult to see and to improve measurement accuracy, the camera 202 has light of a specific wavelength ( You may attach the filter which permeate | transmits the light of a specific color. In addition, a new reference point is set by adding information on light of a specific wavelength (light of a specific color) from outside the system 200 or by attaching a marker to the skin of the subject M. Can be configured. As the marker, for example, a marker that reacts to near infrared light or ultraviolet light can be used.

 ここで、静止画像を撮影するのと同時に動画を撮影する機能を有するカメラ202を1台用いることに代えて、複数台(例えば2台)のカメラを用意して、一方のカメラはレール204上を移動しつつ等間隔毎に静止画を撮影し、他方のカメラはレール204上を移動しつつ動画を撮影する様に構成しても良い。
 また、上述の説明では、カメラ202が台201の周囲(のレール204上)を等速移動している旨が記載されているが、カメラ202を所定位置(定点)に固定して、台201を等速回転運動(すなわち、自転)させても良い。この場合も、不等速移動或いは断続的な移動等であっても良い。
Here, instead of using one camera 202 having a function of shooting a moving image at the same time as taking a still image, a plurality of (for example, two) cameras are prepared, and one camera is on the rail 204. The still camera may be photographed at regular intervals while moving the camera, and the other camera may be photographed while moving on the rail 204.
In the above description, it is described that the camera 202 is moving around the base 201 (on the rail 204) at a constant speed. However, the camera 202 is fixed at a predetermined position (fixed point) and the base 201 is fixed. May be rotated at a constant speed (that is, rotating). Also in this case, it may be an inconstant speed movement or an intermittent movement.

 カメラ202が撮影した静止画像データと動画データは、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210に送信される。
 ここで、図14で示す様に、カメラ202がレール204上に設置され、レール204上を移動しながら静止画像及び動画を撮影する場合には、カメラ202と骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210は無線で接続される。その場合、前記静止画像データと動画データは、無線によりカメラ202から骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210に送信される。図14においては、カメラ202と骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210は信号ラインSRで接続されているが、信号ラインSRは無線と有線の何れを含む趣旨であり、静止画像データ及び動画データは骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210へ、無線或いは有線により送信される。
 図示はされていないが、上記カメラ202を定点に固定して、台201を当該固定位置で等速回転運動(自転)させる場合には、前記静止画像データと動画データは有線(例えば信号伝達用ケーブル)で骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210に送ることが出来る。この場合も、無線でデータを送信することが可能である。
Still image data and moving image data captured by the camera 202 are transmitted to the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210.
Here, as shown in FIG. 14, when the camera 202 is installed on the rail 204 and a still image and a moving image are taken while moving on the rail 204, the camera 202 and the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 are Connected wirelessly. In that case, the still image data and the moving image data are transmitted from the camera 202 to the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 by wireless. In FIG. 14, the camera 202 and the skeletal model creation and motion analysis block 210 are connected by a signal line SR. The signal line SR includes both wireless and wired, and still image data and moving image data are skeleton. The data is transmitted to the model creation and motion analysis block 210 by radio or wire.
Although not shown, when the camera 202 is fixed at a fixed point and the base 201 is rotated at a fixed speed (rotation) at the fixed position, the still image data and the moving image data are wired (for example, for signal transmission). Cable) to the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210. Also in this case, it is possible to transmit data wirelessly.

 図14で示す骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210について、図15、図16を参照して説明する。
 図15(機能ブロック図)において、破線で囲んで示す骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210は、立体画像作成ブロック210A、立体画像運動解析ブロック210B、骨格モデル作成ブロック210C、骨格モデル運動解析ブロック210D、異常部位特定ブロック210E、異常部位定量化ブロック210F、記憶ブロック210F、比較ブロック210Hを有している。なお符号210I、210Oは、それぞれ入力側インターフェース、出力側インターフェースを示している。
The skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 shown in FIG. 14 will be described with reference to FIGS. 15 and 16.
In FIG. 15 (functional block diagram), a skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 surrounded by a broken line includes a stereoscopic image creation block 210A, a stereoscopic image motion analysis block 210B, a skeleton model creation block 210C, a skeleton model motion analysis block 210D, It has an abnormal site identification block 210E, an abnormal site quantification block 210F, a storage block 210F, and a comparison block 210H. Reference numerals 210I and 210O denote an input side interface and an output side interface, respectively.

 骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210は、表示装置22と情報信号ラインIL216、IL219を介して接続されており、転倒リスク判定ブロック70と情報信号ラインIL216、217、IL219、220を介して接続されている。
 図15において、各ブロック間で情報信号ラインを介して授受される情報の種類を、静止画像データは符号「A」で示し、動画データは符号「B」で示し、立体画像データは符号「C」で示し、骨格モデルデータは符号「D」で示す。
The skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 is connected to the display device 22 via information signal lines IL216 and IL219, and is connected to the fall risk determination block 70 via information signal lines IL216, 217, IL219 and 220. Yes.
In FIG. 15, the types of information exchanged between the respective blocks via the information signal line are indicated by a symbol “A” for still image data, a symbol “B” for moving image data, and a symbol “C” for stereoscopic image data. The skeleton model data is indicated by a symbol “D”.

 立体画像作成ブロック210Aは、入力側インターフェース210I及び情報信号ラインIL201を介してカメラ202で撮影された静止画像データを受信し、当該静止画像データに基づいて、被験者Mの足部(足裏から踵の上方、例えば膝下に至る箇所)の立体画像を作成する機能を有している(図16のステップS203参照)。
 静止画像データは、例えば被験者Mの足部(足裏から踵の上方、膝下に至る箇所)の静止画像であって、ベタ足の状態とつま先立ちの状態とその間の状態に係る画像である。つま先を上下動する間の画像をも含む。
The stereoscopic image creation block 210A receives still image data captured by the camera 202 via the input-side interface 210I and the information signal line IL201, and based on the still image data, the foot of the subject M (from the sole to the heel) (For example, a part reaching the knee)) (see step S203 in FIG. 16).
The still image data is, for example, a still image of the foot part of the subject M (location from the sole to the upper part of the heel and below the knee), and is an image related to the state of the solid foot, the state of standing on the toe, and the state therebetween. Includes images while moving the toes up and down.

 立体画像作成ブロック210Aにおいて立体画像を作成するに際して、例えば、既存の(市販の)ソフトウェアが用いられる。そして、被験者Mの特質等を考慮して、ケース・バイ・ケースで処理しつつ作成する。
 後述するその他のブロック(立体画像運動解析ブロック210B、骨格モデル作成ブロック210C、骨格モデル運動解析ブロック210D、異常部位特定ブロック210E、異常部位定量化ブロック210F、記憶ブロック210G、比較ブロック210H)においても立体画像作成ブロック210Aと同様に、被験者Mの特質等を考慮しつつ、既存の(市販の)ソフトウェアを用いて、ケース・バイ・ケースで処理しつつ、必要な処理を実行する。
 立体画像作成ブロック210Aで作成された立体画像データは、情報信号ラインIL202を介して立体画像運動解析ブロック210Bに送信され、また情報信号ラインIL203を介して骨格モデル作成ブロック210Cに送信され、さらに情報信号ラインIL204を介して異常部位特定ブロック210Eに送信される。
When creating a stereoscopic image in the stereoscopic image creation block 210A, for example, existing (commercially available) software is used. Then, in consideration of the characteristics of the subject M and the like, it is created while processing on a case-by-case basis.
Also in other blocks described later (stereoscopic image motion analysis block 210B, skeleton model creation block 210C, skeleton model motion analysis block 210D, abnormal site identification block 210E, abnormal site quantification block 210F, storage block 210G, comparison block 210H) Similar to the image creation block 210A, the necessary processing is executed while processing on a case-by-case basis using existing (commercially available) software in consideration of the characteristics of the subject M and the like.
The stereoscopic image data created by the stereoscopic image creation block 210A is transmitted to the stereoscopic image motion analysis block 210B via the information signal line IL202, and is transmitted to the skeleton model creation block 210C via the information signal line IL203. The signal is transmitted to the abnormal site identification block 210E via the signal line IL204.

 立体画像運動解析ブロック210Bは、情報信号ラインIL202を介して立体画像作成ブロック210Aから立体画像データを受信すると共に、入力側インターフェース210I及び情報信号ラインIL205を介してカメラ202で撮影された動画データ(被験者Mが台1上でベタ足の状態とつま先立ちの状態を繰り返す動画のデータ、或いはつま先を上げ下げする運動を繰り返す動画のデータ)を受信し、当該立体画像データ、動画データに基づいて、立体画像の運動解析(例えば、かかとの上げ下げ、つま先の上げ下げの運動に異常があるか否かの判断)を行う機能を有している(図16のステップS206参照)。立体画像の動きを解析することにより、足部の異常の有無或いは足部異常の存在する箇所を更に正確に判断することが出来る。
 立体画像運動解析ブロック210Bで解析された立体画像の運動解析データは、情報信号ラインIL206を介して比較ブロック210Hに送信され、また情報信号ラインIL206から分岐した情報信号ラインIL207を介して骨格モデル運動解析ブロック210Dに送信される。
The stereoscopic image motion analysis block 210B receives the stereoscopic image data from the stereoscopic image creation block 210A via the information signal line IL202, and at the same time, the moving image data captured by the camera 202 via the input side interface 210I and the information signal line IL205 ( The subject M receives moving image data that repeats the state of a solid foot and a toe standing on the table 1, or moving image data that repeats a motion of raising and lowering the toes), and based on the stereoscopic image data and the moving image data, a stereoscopic image (E.g., determining whether there is an abnormality in the heel up / down movement or the toe up / down movement) (see step S <b> 206 in FIG. 16). By analyzing the movement of the stereoscopic image, it is possible to more accurately determine the presence or absence of an abnormality of the foot or the location where the abnormality of the foot exists.
The motion analysis data of the stereoscopic image analyzed by the stereoscopic image motion analysis block 210B is transmitted to the comparison block 210H via the information signal line IL206, and the skeleton model motion via the information signal line IL207 branched from the information signal line IL206. It is transmitted to the analysis block 210D.

 骨格モデル作成ブロック210Cは、情報信号ラインIL203を介して立体画像作成ブロック210Aから立体画像データを受信すると共に、情報信号ラインIL208を介して記憶ブロック210Gから骨格のデータ(例えば、既存の足部の骨格の各種データ)を受信し、当該立体画像データと骨格のデータに基づいて被験者の足部の骨格モデル(立体的な足部の骨格の画像)を作成する機能を有している(図16のステップS207参照)。
 骨格モデル作成ブロック210Cで作成された骨格モデルデータは、情報信号ラインIL209を介して異常部位特定ブロック210Eに送信され、情報信号ラインIL210を介して骨格モデル運動解析ブロック210Dに送信される。
The skeleton model creation block 210C receives the stereoscopic image data from the stereoscopic image creation block 210A via the information signal line IL203, and at the same time, the skeleton model creation block 210C receives the skeleton data from the storage block 210G via the information signal line IL208. (Various skeleton data) is received, and a skeleton model (stereoscopic skeleton image) of the subject's foot is created based on the stereoscopic image data and the skeleton data (FIG. 16). Step S207).
The skeletal model data created by the skeletal model creation block 210C is transmitted to the abnormal site specifying block 210E via the information signal line IL209, and is transmitted to the skeletal model motion analysis block 210D via the information signal line IL210.

 骨格モデル運動解析ブロック210Dは、情報信号ラインIL210を介して骨格モデル作成ブロック210Cから骨格モデルデータを受信すると共に、入力側インターフェース210I及び情報信号ラインIL211を介してカメラ202で撮影された動画データを受信し、当該骨格モデルデータと動画データに基づいて骨格モデルの動きを解析する機能を有している(図16のステップS208参照)。骨格モデルの動きを解析するため、CTスキャナーとは異なり、足部の異常の有無或いは足部異常の存在する箇所を更に正確に判断することが出来る。
 なお、骨格モデル運動解析ブロック210Dが骨格モデルの動きを解析するために、前記骨格モデルデータと動画データに加えて、情報信号ラインIL206、IL207を介して立体画像運動解析ブロック210Bから立体の画像運動解析データを取得する場合がある。
 骨格モデル運動解析ブロック210Dで解析された骨格モデルの運動解析データは、情報信号ラインIL212を介して比較ブロック210Hに送信される。
The skeletal model motion analysis block 210D receives the skeleton model data from the skeleton model creation block 210C via the information signal line IL210, and receives moving image data captured by the camera 202 via the input side interface 210I and the information signal line IL211. It has a function of receiving and analyzing the motion of the skeleton model based on the skeleton model data and the moving image data (see step S208 in FIG. 16). Since the motion of the skeletal model is analyzed, unlike a CT scanner, it is possible to more accurately determine the presence or absence of a foot abnormality or the location where a foot abnormality exists.
Note that in order for the skeleton model motion analysis block 210D to analyze the motion of the skeleton model, in addition to the skeleton model data and the moving image data, the three-dimensional image motion from the stereoscopic image motion analysis block 210B via the information signal lines IL206 and IL207. Analysis data may be acquired.
The motion analysis data of the skeleton model analyzed by the skeleton model motion analysis block 210D is transmitted to the comparison block 210H via the information signal line IL212.

 異常部位特定ブロック210Eは、入力側インターフェース210I及び情報信号ラインIL213を介して、カメラ202からの撮影された画像データ(静止画像データ及び動画データを受信し、当該画像データ(静止画像データ及び動画データ)に基づいて被験者Mの足部における異常の有無と異常部位を特定する機能を有している(図16のステップS205参照)。
 異常部位特定ブロック210Eは、情報信号ラインIL204を介して立体画像作成ブロック210Aから立体画像データを受信し、前記画像データ(静止画像データ及び動画データ)に加えて当該立体画像データも参照して被験者Mの足部における異常の有無と異常部位を特定することも出来る(図16のステップS205参照)。
The abnormal part specifying block 210E receives the captured image data (still image data and moving image data from the camera 202 via the input-side interface 210I and the information signal line IL213, and the image data (still image data and moving image data). ) Based on the presence / absence and abnormality of the subject M's foot (see step S205 in FIG. 16).
The abnormal part specifying block 210E receives the stereoscopic image data from the stereoscopic image creation block 210A via the information signal line IL204, and refers to the stereoscopic image data in addition to the image data (still image data and moving image data) to examine the subject. It is also possible to specify the presence / absence of an abnormality and the abnormal part in M's foot (see step S205 in FIG. 16).

 異常部位特定ブロック210Eは、情報信号ラインIL209を介して骨格モデル作成ブロック210Cから骨格モデルデータを受信し、当該骨格モデルデータも参照して被験者Mの足部における異常の有無と異常部位を特定することも出来る。この骨格モデルを用いることにより、静止画像及び動画のみでは判定することが出来なかった足部の異常を判断することが出来る。
 異常部位特定ブロック210Eで特定された異常部位に関するデータは、情報信号ラインIL214を介して異常部位定量化ブロック210Fに送信される。
The abnormal part specifying block 210E receives the skeletal model data from the skeletal model creation block 210C via the information signal line IL209, and also refers to the skeletal model data to specify whether there is an abnormality in the foot of the subject M and the abnormal part. You can also By using this skeletal model, it is possible to determine abnormalities in the foot that could not be determined only by still images and moving images.
Data relating to the abnormal part identified by the abnormal part identification block 210E is transmitted to the abnormal part quantification block 210F via the information signal line IL214.

 異常部位定量化ブロック210Fは、情報信号ラインIL214を介して異常部位特定ブロック210Eから異常部位に関するデータを受信し、当該異常部位に関するデータに基づいて異常部位における異常の程度を数値化、定量化する機能を有している。
 ここで、異常部位定量化ブロック210Fは、入力側インターフェース210I、情報信号ラインIL213及び情報信号ラインIL213から分岐した情報信号ラインIL215を介して、カメラ2で撮影された画像データを受信して、当該画像データ(静止画像データ、動画)に基づいて異常部位における異常の程度の数値化、定量化を行う場合がある。
The abnormal part quantification block 210F receives data relating to the abnormal part from the abnormal part specifying block 210E via the information signal line IL214, and quantifies and quantifies the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part based on the data relating to the abnormal part. It has a function.
Here, the abnormal part quantification block 210F receives the image data captured by the camera 2 via the input side interface 210I, the information signal line IL213, and the information signal line IL215 branched from the information signal line IL213, and In some cases, the degree of abnormality in an abnormal part is quantified and quantified based on image data (still image data, moving image).

 異常部位定量化ブロック210Fで決定された異常の程度の数値化、定量化に関するデータは、情報信号ラインIL216、出力側インターフェース210Oを介して表示装置22に送信されると共に、情報信号ラインIL216、出力側インターフェース210O、情報信号ラインIL217介して、転倒リスク判定ブロック70に送信される。
 記憶ブロック210Gには、正常な足部、骨格モデルのデータ(正常値データ:例えば、正常な骨格を有する者の動画データ)が記憶されており、当該正常値データは情報信号ラインIL218を介して比較ブロック210Hに送信され、比較ブロック210Hによる比較に用いられる。
 また記憶ブロック210Gには、例えば、既存の足部骨格の各種データが記憶されており、当該骨格データは情報信号ラインIL208を介して骨格モデル作成ブロック210Cに送信され、骨格モデル作成ブロック210Cによる骨格モデル作成に用いられる。
Data relating to the quantification and quantification of the degree of abnormality determined by the abnormal part quantification block 210F is transmitted to the display device 22 via the information signal line IL216 and the output side interface 210O, and the information signal line IL216 and output. It is transmitted to the fall risk determination block 70 via the side interface 210O and the information signal line IL217.
The memory block 210G stores data on normal foot and skeleton models (normal value data: for example, moving image data of a person having a normal skeleton), and the normal value data is transmitted via the information signal line IL218. It is transmitted to the comparison block 210H and used for comparison by the comparison block 210H.
The storage block 210G stores, for example, various data of the existing foot skeleton, and the skeleton data is transmitted to the skeleton model creation block 210C via the information signal line IL208, and the skeleton by the skeleton model creation block 210C. Used for model creation.

 比較ブロック210Hは、情報信号ラインIL212を介して骨格モデル運動解析ブロック210Dからの骨格モデルの運動解析データを受信すると共に、情報信号ラインIL218を介して記憶ブロック210Gから正常な足部、骨格モデルの動画データ(正常値データ)を受信し、当該骨格モデルの運動解析データと正常値データを比較する機能を有している(図16のステップS209参照)。
 また比較ブロック210Hは、情報信号ラインIL206を介して立体画像運動解析ブロック210Bからの立体画像の運動解析データを受信すると共に、情報信号ラインIL218を介して記憶ブロック210Gから正常な足部の動画データ(正常値データ)を受信し、当該立体画像の運動解析データと正常値データを比較する機能を有している。
 比較ブロック210Hにおける骨格モデルの運動解析データと正常値データとの比較結果と、立体画像の運動解析データと正常値データとの比較結果は、情報信号ラインIL219、出力側インターフェース210Oを介して表示装置22に送信されると共に、情報信号ラインIL219、出力側インターフェース210O情報信号ラインIL220を介して転倒リスク判定ブロック70に送信される。
The comparison block 210H receives the skeletal model motion analysis data from the skeletal model motion analysis block 210D via the information signal line IL212, and the normal foot and skeleton model from the storage block 210G via the information signal line IL218. It has a function of receiving moving image data (normal value data) and comparing motion analysis data of the skeleton model with normal value data (see step S209 in FIG. 16).
Further, the comparison block 210H receives the motion analysis data of the stereoscopic image from the stereoscopic image motion analysis block 210B via the information signal line IL206, and normal moving image data of the foot from the storage block 210G via the information signal line IL218. (Normal value data) is received and the motion analysis data of the stereoscopic image is compared with normal value data.
The comparison result between the motion analysis data of the skeleton model and the normal value data in the comparison block 210H and the comparison result of the motion analysis data of the stereoscopic image and the normal value data are displayed via the information signal line IL219 and the output side interface 210O. 22 and the information signal line IL219 and the output side interface 210O and the information signal line IL220 to the fall risk determination block 70.

 表示装置22は、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210の異常部位定量化ブロック210Fから送信された異常部位における異常の程度の数値化、定量化に関するデータを表示する機能を有している。
 また表示装置22は、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210の比較ブロック210Hから送信された比較結果を表示する機能を有している。
 例えば、「被験者の足部は異常か否か、異常の程度を定量的、数値化した結果」について、異常部位定量化ブロック210Fによる画像解析結果、立体画像解析結果、骨格モデル解析結果と、比較ブロック210Hによる立体画像運動解析結果、骨格モデル運動解析結果が表示される。
The display device 22 has a function of displaying data relating to quantification and quantification of the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part transmitted from the abnormal part quantification block 210F of the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210.
The display device 22 has a function of displaying the comparison result transmitted from the comparison block 210H of the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210.
For example, with respect to “whether or not the subject's foot is abnormal and the result of quantitatively and numerically expressing the degree of abnormality”, the comparison with the image analysis result, stereoscopic image analysis result, and skeleton model analysis result by the abnormal part quantification block 210F The stereoscopic image motion analysis result and the skeleton model motion analysis result by the block 210H are displayed.

 図2で示す転倒防止指導ブロック90は、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210の比較ブロック210Hから送信された比較結果を受信し、当該比較結果に基づいて足部の異常を改善、治療、抑制するのに好適な器具や運動を提示する機能を有している(図16のステップS210参照)。
 転倒防止指導ブロック90は、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210の異常部位定量化ブロック210Fから送信された異常部位における異常の程度の数値化、定量化に関するデータを受信し、当該データに基づいて足部の異常を改善、治療、抑制するのに好適な器具や運動を提示することも出来る。
 転倒防止指導ブロック90では、各解析レベル(画像データ解析レベル、立体画像解析レベル、骨格モデル解析レベル、立体画像運動解析レベル、骨格モデル運動解析レベル)に応じて足部の異常を改善、治療、抑制するための器具や運動を提示することが出来る。
The fall prevention instruction block 90 shown in FIG. 2 receives the comparison result transmitted from the comparison block 210H of the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210, and improves, treats, and suppresses abnormalities of the foot based on the comparison result. It has a function of presenting a suitable device and exercise (see step S210 in FIG. 16).
The fall prevention instruction block 90 receives the data regarding the quantification and quantification of the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part transmitted from the abnormal part quantification block 210F of the skeletal model creation and motion analysis block 210, and based on the data, Equipment and exercise suitable for improving, treating, and suppressing abnormalities in the head can also be presented.
In the fall prevention instruction block 90, abnormalities of the foot are improved according to each analysis level (image data analysis level, stereoscopic image analysis level, skeletal model analysis level, stereoscopic image motion analysis level, skeleton model motion analysis level), treatment, It is possible to present a device or exercise to suppress.

 図15で示す骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210のブロック210A~210Hは、コンピューター等の情報処理装置により構成される。ただし、ブロック210A~210Hを、専門知識を有するオペレーター、その他の専門家により構成することも可能である。
 上述した様に、足部の異常を改善、治療、抑制するのに好適な器具や運動を提示する転倒防止指導ブロック90も、例えばコンピューターの様な情報処理機械で構成されているが、専門的な知識を持ったオペレーター、その他の専門家を転倒防止指導ブロック90とすることが可能である。
The blocks 210A to 210H of the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 shown in FIG. 15 are configured by an information processing device such as a computer. However, the blocks 210A to 210H may be configured by an operator having other specialized knowledge or other specialists.
As described above, the fall prevention instruction block 90 that presents a suitable instrument and exercise for improving, treating, and suppressing abnormalities in the foot is also composed of an information processing machine such as a computer. It is possible to use an operator with other knowledge and other specialists as the fall prevention instruction block 90.

 図14、図15で示す足部判定システム200における制御を、主として図16を参照して説明する。
 図16において、ステップS201では、カメラ202により被験者Mの足部(足裏から踵の上方、膝下に至る箇所)の静止画像を撮影する。そして、被験者Mが台201(撮影箇所、図14)上に載り、ベタ足の状態とつま先立ちで立つ状態を繰り返す(或いは、つま先を上げ下げするのを繰り返す)のを撮影する。
 ここで、ステップS201で静止画像を撮影するのと同時に、ステップS204で動画を撮影する。ステップS204については後述する。
 静止画像、動画の撮影については、図14を参照して説明した態様で行う。
 ステップS201の静止画像の撮影後、ステップS202に進む。
Control in the foot determination system 200 shown in FIGS. 14 and 15 will be described mainly with reference to FIG.
In FIG. 16, in step S <b> 201, the camera 202 captures a still image of the subject M's foot (from the sole to the upper part of the heel and below the knee). Then, the subject M is placed on the table 201 (photographing location, FIG. 14), and the state of the solid foot and the state of standing on the toes is repeated (or the raising and lowering of the toes is repeated).
Here, at the same time as shooting a still image in step S201, a moving image is shot in step S204. Step S204 will be described later.
The shooting of still images and moving images is performed in the manner described with reference to FIG.
After shooting the still image in step S201, the process proceeds to step S202.

 ステップS202では、ステップS201の静止画像の撮影が完了して、360度或いはレール204の全周に亘って撮影されたか否かを判断する。
 静止画像の撮影が完了していなければ(ステップS202が「No」)、ステップS201に戻り、静止画像の撮影を続行する。静止画像の撮影が完了していれば(ステップS202が「Yes」)、ステップS203に進む。
 ステップS203では、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210の立体画像作成ブロック210A(図15)において、撮影した静止画像(ステップS201、S202)に基づいて、立体画像を作成する。
In step S202, it is determined whether or not the shooting of the still image in step S201 has been completed and has been shot 360 degrees or over the entire circumference of the rail 204.
If still image shooting has not been completed (“No” in step S202), the process returns to step S201, and still image shooting is continued. If the shooting of the still image has been completed (step S202 is “Yes”), the process proceeds to step S203.
In step S203, a stereoscopic image is generated based on the captured still image (steps S201 and S202) in the stereoscopic image generation block 210A (FIG. 15) of the skeleton model generation and motion analysis block 210.

 ステップS201で静止画像を撮影するのと同時に実行されるステップS204では、カメラ202により被験者Mの足部(足裏から踵の上方、膝下に至る箇所)の動画(被験者Mが台1上でベタ足の状態とつま先立ちの状態を繰り返す、或いは、つま先を上げ下げする動画)を撮影する。
 動画撮影も、図14を参照して説明した通りである。
 なお、ステップS204は、ステップS201と時間的に前後しても構わない。
In step S204, which is executed at the same time as capturing a still image in step S201, the camera 202 uses the camera 202 to move a moving image of the foot of the subject M (location from the sole to the upper part of the heel and below the knee). Shooting foot-toe-toe-toe state or moving the toes up and down).
Movie shooting is also as described with reference to FIG.
Note that step S204 may be performed before or after step S201.

 ステップS205では、異常部位特定ブロック210E(図15)において、ステップS201、S202で撮影した静止画像及びステップS204で撮影した動画に基づいて、被験者Mの足部における異常の有無と異常部位を特定する。
 またステップS205において、異常部位特定ブロック210Eにより、静止画像、動画に加えて、ステップS203で作成した立体画像を参照して、被験者Mの足部における異常の有無と異常部位を特定することも出来る。
 さらにステップS205において、異常部位定量化ブロック210F(図15)により、異常部位特定ブロック210Eで特定した異常部位に関するデータに基づいて、静止画像と動画に基づいて、異常部位における異常の程度の数値化、定量化を行うことも出来る。
In step S205, in the abnormal part specifying block 210E (FIG. 15), the presence / absence of an abnormality in the foot of the subject M and the abnormal part are specified based on the still image taken in steps S201 and S202 and the moving picture taken in step S204. .
In step S205, the abnormal part specifying block 210E can also specify the presence / absence and abnormal part of the foot of the subject M with reference to the stereoscopic image created in step S203 in addition to the still image and the moving image. .
Further, in step S205, the abnormal part quantification block 210F (FIG. 15) quantifies the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part based on the still image and the moving image based on the data regarding the abnormal part specified by the abnormal part specifying block 210E. Quantification can also be performed.

 ステップS206では、立体画像運動解析ブロック210B(図15)において、ステップS203で作成した立体画像とステップS204で撮影した動画に基づいて、立体画像の運動解析を行う。
 図15では明示されてはいないが、ステップS206における立体画像の運動解析の結果を、記憶ブロック210G(図15)に記憶される正常な足部の動画(正常値)と比較する(ステップS209参照)ことにより、足部の異常を改善、治療、抑制するのに好適な器具や運動を明確することが可能である。
In step S206, the stereoscopic image motion analysis block 210B (FIG. 15) performs motion analysis of the stereoscopic image based on the stereoscopic image created in step S203 and the moving image taken in step S204.
Although not explicitly shown in FIG. 15, the result of the motion analysis of the stereoscopic image in step S206 is compared with the normal foot moving image (normal value) stored in the storage block 210G (FIG. 15) (see step S209). ), It is possible to clarify a device and exercise suitable for improving, treating, and suppressing abnormalities in the foot.

 ステップS207では、骨格モデル作成ブロック210Cにおいて、ステップS203で作成された立体画像と記憶ブロック210Gに記憶される骨格のデータ(例えば、既存の足部の骨格の各種データ)より、被験者Mの足部の骨格モデル(立体的な足部の骨格の画像)を作成する。
 またステップS207では、(ステップS201、S202で撮影した静止画像、ステップS204で撮影した動画に加えて)作成された骨格モデルを参照して、異常部位特定ブロック210Eにおいて被験者Mの足部における異常の有無と異常部位を特定した上、異常部位定量化ブロック210Fにおいて被験者Mの足部の異常部位における異常の程度の数値化、定量化を行う。
In step S207, in the skeleton model creation block 210C, from the stereoscopic image created in step S203 and the skeleton data stored in the storage block 210G (for example, various data of the skeleton of the existing foot), the foot of the subject M A skeleton model (three-dimensional foot skeleton image) is created.
Further, in step S207, with reference to the created skeleton model (in addition to the still image captured in steps S201 and S202 and the moving image captured in step S204), an abnormality in the foot of the subject M is detected in the abnormal region specifying block 210E. After the presence / absence and the abnormal part are specified, the abnormal part quantification block 210F quantifies and quantifies the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part of the foot of the subject M.

 ステップS208では、骨格モデル運動解析ブロック210Dにおいて、ステップS207で作成した骨格モデルとステップS204で撮影した動画に基づいて骨格モデルの動きを解析する。なお、骨格モデルの運動解析に際しては、骨格モデルと動画に加えて、ステップS206で作成した立体画像の運動解析データを参照することが出来る。
 ステップS209では、比較ブロック210Hにおいて、ステップS208で解析した骨格モデルの運動解析結果(解析データ)と記憶ブロック210Gに記憶される正常な骨格モデルの運動(動画データ、正常値)を比較する。
 図16には明示されていないが、ステップS209における骨格モデルの運動と正常な骨格モデルの運動(正常値)の比較結果、ステップS205、ステップS207における被験者Mの足部の異常の有無と異常部位、異常部位における異常の程度の数値化、定量化の結果は、表示装置22(図2)に表示される。
In step S208, the skeleton model motion analysis block 210D analyzes the movement of the skeleton model based on the skeleton model created in step S207 and the moving image photographed in step S204. In addition, in the motion analysis of the skeleton model, the motion analysis data of the stereoscopic image created in step S206 can be referred to in addition to the skeleton model and the moving image.
In step S209, in the comparison block 210H, the motion analysis result (analysis data) of the skeleton model analyzed in step S208 is compared with the motion (moving image data, normal value) of the normal skeleton model stored in the storage block 210G.
Although not clearly shown in FIG. 16, the result of comparison between the motion of the skeletal model in step S209 and the motion (normal value) of the normal skeleton model, the presence or absence of abnormalities in the foot of subject M in steps S205 and S207, and the abnormal part The result of quantification and quantification of the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part is displayed on the display device 22 (FIG. 2).

 ステップS210では、転倒防止指導ブロック90(図2)において、ステップS209の骨格モデルの運動と正常な足部の運動(正常値)の比較結果に基づいて、足部の異常を改善、治療、抑制するのに好適な器具や運動を提示する。
 図16には明示されていないが、転倒防止指導ブロック90において、ステップS205、ステップS207の異常部位における異常の程度の数値化、定量化の結果に基づいて、足部の異常を改善、治療、抑制するのに好適な器具や運動を提示することも出来る。
In step S210, the fall prevention guidance block 90 (FIG. 2) improves, treats, and suppresses abnormalities in the foot based on the comparison result between the motion of the skeleton model in step S209 and the motion of the normal foot (normal value). Present suitable instruments and exercises to do.
Although not clearly shown in FIG. 16, in the fall prevention instruction block 90, based on the results of quantification and quantification of the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part in step S <b> 205 and step S <b> 207, Equipment and exercises suitable for suppression can also be presented.

 図14、図15の足部判定システム200では、撮影された静止画像に基づいて被験者Mの足部の立体画像を作成し、当該立体画像と既存の骨格モデルのデータを用いて、被験者Mの足部の骨格モデル(立体的な足部の骨格の画像)を作成することが出来る。
 そして骨格モデルを視認しつつ、異常の有無、異常部位の特定、数値化を行うことが出来るので、静止画像及び動画のみでは判定することが出来なかった足部の異常を判断することが可能になる。それと共に、(骨格モデルを用いて)異常個所における異常を数値化或いは定量化することが出来る。
 また、撮影された静止画像及び動画に基づいて、立体画像を参照して、被験者Mの足部における異常の有無、異常部位を特定、数値化、定量化することが出来る。
In the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. 14 and 15, a stereoscopic image of the foot of the subject M is created based on the captured still image, and the subject M's foot data is generated using the stereoscopic image and existing skeleton model data. A foot skeleton model (three-dimensional foot skeleton image) can be created.
And while visually recognizing the skeletal model, it is possible to specify the presence / absence of abnormality, specify the abnormal part, and digitize it, so it is possible to determine abnormalities in the foot that could not be determined only with still images and movies Become. At the same time, it is possible to quantify or quantify the anomaly at the anomalous location (using a skeleton model).
In addition, based on the captured still image and moving image, the presence or absence of an abnormality in the foot of the subject M and the abnormal part can be specified, quantified, and quantified with reference to the stereoscopic image.

 図14、図15の足部判定システム200では、骨格モデル及び撮影された動画(被験者Mが台1上でベタ足の状態とつま先立ちの状態を繰り返す)に基づいて、骨格モデルにおける運動を解析することが出来る。そして骨格モデルの動きを解析し、正常な運動と比較することにより、CTスキャン技術を適用するのと同様に、足部の異常の有無或いは足部異常の存在する箇所を更に正確に判断することが出来る。
 その結果、足部の異常を改善、治療、抑制するのに好適な器具や運動を、従来の二次元的なデータに基づいた場合に比較してより効果的に提示することが出来る。
In the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. 14 and 15, the motion in the skeleton model is analyzed based on the skeleton model and the captured moving image (the subject M repeats the state of the solid foot and the toe-up state on the table 1). I can do it. And by analyzing the motion of the skeletal model and comparing it with normal motion, it is possible to more accurately determine the presence or absence of foot abnormalities or the location where there are foot abnormalities, similar to the application of CT scan technology I can do it.
As a result, devices and exercises suitable for improving, treating, and suppressing foot abnormalities can be presented more effectively than in the case based on conventional two-dimensional data.

 さらに図14、図15の足部判定システム200では、立体画像データ、動画データを用いて立体画像における運動を解析することが出来る。
 立体画像の動きを解析し、正常な運動と比較することにより、足部の異常の有無或いは足部異常の存在する箇所を判断することが出来る。そして異常が存在する場合には、足部の異常を改善、治療、抑制するのに好適な器具や運動を提示することが出来る。
 また、上述した様に、骨格モデル、撮影された静止画像、動画、立体画像に基づいて被験者Mの足部における異常の有無、異常部位を特定、数値化、定量化することが出来るので、当該特定された異常部位のデータ、異常部位における数値化、定量化されたデータを用いて、足部の異常を改善、治療、抑制するのに好適な器具や運動を、提示することが出来る。
Furthermore, in the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. 14 and 15, it is possible to analyze a motion in a stereoscopic image using stereoscopic image data and moving image data.
By analyzing the movement of the stereoscopic image and comparing it with a normal motion, it is possible to determine the presence or absence of an abnormality in the foot or the location where the abnormality in the foot exists. When there is an abnormality, it is possible to present a device or exercise suitable for improving, treating, or suppressing the abnormality of the foot.
Further, as described above, the presence / absence of abnormality in the foot of the subject M, the abnormal part can be identified, quantified, and quantified based on the skeletal model, the captured still image, the moving image, and the stereoscopic image. Using the identified abnormal part data, quantified and quantified data in the abnormal part, it is possible to present a device and exercise suitable for improving, treating, and suppressing foot abnormalities.

 図14、図15の足部判定システム200では、人体透過能を有する光線等(例えば、いわゆる「X線」)を使用することなく、被験者Mの足部を全周方向から撮影した静止画像を用いて立体画像を作成し、当該立体画像と動画により立体画像の動きを解析することが出来る。その結果、従来の二次元画像に基づく診断等に比較して、足部の異常の有無或いは足部異常の存在する箇所を更に正確に判断することが出来る。
 そして、立体画像を用いて、CTスキャン技術を用いた場合と同様に、被験者Mの足部の骨格画像を得ることが出来る。この場合、いわゆる「X線」を用いた場合とは異なり、放射性物質を取り扱う必要がないので、オペレーター等の被爆という問題は生じない。
In the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. 14 and 15, a still image obtained by photographing the foot of the subject M from the entire circumference without using a light beam having human body permeability (for example, so-called “X-ray”). It is possible to create a stereoscopic image by using it and analyze the movement of the stereoscopic image using the stereoscopic image and a moving image. As a result, it is possible to more accurately determine the presence or absence of a foot abnormality or a location where a foot abnormality exists, as compared to a diagnosis based on a conventional two-dimensional image.
Then, the skeleton image of the foot of the subject M can be obtained using the stereoscopic image, similarly to the case of using the CT scan technique. In this case, unlike the case where so-called “X-rays” are used, there is no need to handle radioactive materials, so there is no problem of exposure to operators and the like.

 次に図17を参照して、図14、図15の足部判定システム200の変形例を説明する。
 図14、図15の足部判定システム200では、台201周りをカメラ202が移動するか、或いは、カメラ202を定点に固定して、台201が回転することにより、1台或いは複数台(例えば2台)のカメラにより、被験者Mの足部の全周(例えば、中心角30°ずつ変化した円周状の等間隔に配置された12か所)における静止画像と動画を撮影している。
 それに対して、図17の変形例では、カメラ202或いは台201(台上の被験者Mの足部)は回転することなく固定されており(台201とカメラ202の相対的に位置が変化しない状態にされており)、円周状の等間隔に固定して配置された複数のカメラ(例えば、中心角θ=30°ずつ円周方向等間隔に配置された12台のカメラ)を有している。
 換言すれば、図17の変形例では、動いているのは台201上の被験者Mのみであり、被験者Mは、第1実施形態と同様に、足裏を台に密着させた状態とつま先立ちの状態とを繰り返す、或いは、つま先を上げ下げる状態を繰り返している。
 図17における符号204Aは円周方向に延在する仮想線であり、仮想線204A上を等間隔に12台のカメラ202が配置されている。なお図17では、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210(図1参照)の図示を省略している。
Next, with reference to FIG. 17, the modification of the foot | foot part determination system 200 of FIG. 14, FIG. 15 is demonstrated.
In the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. 14 and 15, the camera 202 moves around the base 201, or the camera 202 is fixed at a fixed point, and the base 201 rotates, so that one or a plurality of units (for example, Still images and moving images are taken by the two cameras on the entire circumference of the foot of the subject M (for example, 12 places arranged at equal circumferential intervals with a central angle changed by 30 °).
On the other hand, in the modification of FIG. 17, the camera 202 or the base 201 (the foot of the subject M on the base) is fixed without rotating (the state where the position of the base 201 and the camera 202 does not change relative to each other). A plurality of cameras (for example, twelve cameras arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction at a central angle θ = 30 °). Yes.
In other words, in the modified example of FIG. 17, only the subject M on the table 201 is moving, and the subject M is in a state where the sole is in close contact with the table as in the first embodiment. The state is repeated or the toe is raised and lowered repeatedly.
Reference numeral 204A in FIG. 17 is a virtual line extending in the circumferential direction, and twelve cameras 202 are arranged on the virtual line 204A at equal intervals. In FIG. 17, the skeletal model creation and motion analysis block 210 (see FIG. 1) is not shown.

 図17の変形例では、複数台(例えば12台)のカメラの全てが静止画像を撮影し、動画を撮影する。そのため、カメラ202を台201と同心円状に移動させるために配置するレール204(図14)や駆動機構(走行機構)は不要である。
 図17の変形例におけるその他の構成と作用効果については、図14~図16で示す足部判定システム200と同様である。
In the modification of FIG. 17, all of a plurality of (for example, 12) cameras capture a still image and a moving image. Therefore, the rail 204 (FIG. 14) and the drive mechanism (traveling mechanism) arranged for moving the camera 202 concentrically with the base 201 are unnecessary.
Other configurations and operational effects in the modified example of FIG. 17 are the same as those of the foot determination system 200 shown in FIGS.

 図18~図20を参照して、図14~図16の足部判定システム200とは別の足部判定システムを説明する。
 図14~図16の足部判定システム200で使用されるカメラ202は、静止画像或いは動画を撮影する能力を有しているが、人体透過能を有する光線等を用いた撮像は出来ない。
 それに対して図18~図20では、人体透過能を有する光線等、例えば、いわゆる「X線」等を用いて被験者の足部の骨格写真を撮影している。
 以下、図18~図20の足部判定システムについて、主として、図14~図16の足部判定システム200とは異なる点を説明する。なお、図18~図20の足部判定システムにおいて、図14~図16の足部判定システム200と同様の部品には同一の符号を付して説明する。
A foot determination system different from the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. 14 to 16 will be described with reference to FIGS.
The camera 202 used in the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. 14 to 16 has the ability to capture a still image or a moving image, but cannot perform imaging using a light beam or the like having human body permeability.
On the other hand, in FIGS. 18 to 20, a skeleton photograph of the subject's foot is taken using a light beam having a human body permeability, such as so-called “X-ray”.
Hereinafter, the difference between the foot determination system of FIGS. 18 to 20 and the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. 14 to 16 will be mainly described. In the foot determination system of FIGS. 18 to 20, the same components as those of the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. 14 to 16 are denoted by the same reference numerals.

 図18において、図18~図20の足部判定システム201は、被験者Mが両足を載せることが出来る様に構成された台201、被験者Mの画像を撮影する撮像装置203(X線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203B)、撮像装置203により撮影した被験者Mの画像データを解析する骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック211を有している。ここで、撮像装置203は、人体透過能を有する光線を照射する機能を有する装置203A(X線照射機構)と、人体透過能を有する光線による画像(X線写真:レントゲン写真)を撮影する機能を有する装置203B(X線カメラ)の組み合わせで構成されている。
 図示はされていないが、図18~図20の足部判定システム201においても、撮像装置203(203A、203B)は台201の頂面に対して真横の位置(水平な位置:垂直方向について同一の位置)ではなく、水平方向から上方に約30°の位置から撮影するのが好ましい。動画についても同様である。台201の頂面に対して水平方向から上方に約30°の位置から撮影すれば、被験者Mの踝が撮影し易く、足の特徴点が取り易いからである。
 図18~図20の足部判定システム201では、台201の表面(特に頂面)に幾何学的な模様を付す必要はない。
18, the foot determination system 201 in FIGS. 18 to 20 includes a table 201 configured to allow the subject M to place both feet, and an imaging device 203 (X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A) that captures an image of the subject M. And an X-ray camera 203B), and a skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 211 for analyzing the image data of the subject M photographed by the imaging device 203. Here, the imaging device 203 has a device 203A (X-ray irradiation mechanism) having a function of irradiating a light ray having a human body permeability and a function of taking an image (X-ray photograph: X-ray photograph) by a light ray having a human body permeability. It is comprised with the combination of the apparatus 203B (X-ray camera) which has.
Although not shown, also in the foot determination system 201 of FIGS. 18 to 20, the imaging device 203 (203A, 203B) is located at a position just beside the top surface of the table 201 (horizontal position: the same in the vertical direction). It is preferable to take a picture from a position of about 30 ° upward from the horizontal direction. The same applies to videos. This is because if the subject 201 is photographed from a position of about 30 ° upward from the horizontal direction with respect to the top surface of the table 201, the eyelid of the subject M can be easily photographed and the foot feature points can be easily obtained.
In the foot determination system 201 of FIGS. 18 to 20, it is not necessary to give a geometric pattern to the surface (particularly the top surface) of the table 201.

 台201の周辺には台201と同心円状にレール204が配置されており、レール204上には、X線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203Bが移動可能に設けられている。X線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203Bには駆動機構(走行機構)がついており、当該駆動機構により、X線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203Bはレール204上を等速で移動する(矢印AR)。図18~図20の足部判定システム201においても、係る移動は等速移動に限定されるものではなく、不等速移動或いは断続的な移動等であっても良い。
 ここで、X線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203Bの相対位置は、レール204上において、台201を中心として点対称となっている。そのため、X線照射機構203AからX線を照射すると、X線カメラ203Bにより、台201上に載った被験者Mの足部(足裏から踵の上方、例えば膝下に至る箇所)のX線写真が撮影される。
A rail 204 is concentrically arranged around the base 201, and an X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and an X-ray camera 203B are movably provided on the rail 204. The X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B have a drive mechanism (traveling mechanism), and the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B move on the rail 204 at a constant speed (arrow AR). ). Also in the foot determination system 201 in FIGS. 18 to 20, such movement is not limited to constant speed movement, and may be non-uniform speed movement, intermittent movement, or the like.
Here, the relative positions of the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203 </ b> A and the X-ray camera 203 </ b> B are point-symmetric about the stand 201 on the rail 204. Therefore, when X-rays are emitted from the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A, an X-ray photograph of the foot part of the subject M placed on the table 201 (from the sole to the upper part of the heel, for example, below the knee) is obtained by the X-ray camera 203B. Taken.

 図14~図17の足部判定システム200と同様に、所定間隔毎に、例えばX線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203Bが同心円状のレール204の中心角が30°に対応する距離だけ移動する度毎に、すなわちレール上を12等分する円周方向間隔だけX線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203Bが移動する度毎に、X線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203Bはその瞬間におけるX線写真(静止画像)を撮影することが出来る。 14 to 17, for example, the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B move by a distance corresponding to the center angle of the concentric rail 204 corresponding to 30 ° at predetermined intervals. Every time the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B are moved by a circumferential interval that divides the rail into 12 equal parts, the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B A photograph (still image) can be taken.

 そしてX線カメラ203Bは静止画像であるX線写真を撮影すると共に、通常の動画を撮影する機能を有している。
 例えば、台201に載った被験者Mは、足裏を台に密着させた状態(いわゆる「ベタ足」の状態)と、踵を出来る限り上方に持ち上げた状態(いわゆる「つま先立ち」の状態)とを繰り返す。X線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203Bは台201の周囲のレール204上を移動して静止画像であるX線写真を撮影しつつ、被験者Mが足裏を台に密着させた状態(ベタ足)と、踵を出来る限り上方に持ち上げた状態(つま先立ち)とを繰り返す様子を動画として撮影する。
 図示はされていないが、図18~図20の足部判定システム201においても、台201における被験者Mの足のつま先に相当する部分を下方に移動可能に構成して、被験者Mがつま先を上げ下げする動作をX線写真及び動画で撮影しても良い。
The X-ray camera 203B has a function of taking a normal moving image as well as taking an X-ray photograph as a still image.
For example, the subject M placed on the table 201 has a state in which the sole is in close contact with the table (so-called “solid foot” state) and a state in which the heel is lifted up as much as possible (so-called “toe standing” state). repeat. The X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B move on the rail 204 around the table 201 to take an X-ray photograph as a still image, while the subject M is in close contact with the table (solid foot) ) And a state where the heel is lifted up as much as possible (toe standing) as a video.
Although not shown, in the foot determination system 201 of FIGS. 18 to 20, the portion corresponding to the toe of the subject M on the table 201 is configured to be movable downward so that the subject M raises and lowers the toe. The operation to be performed may be taken with an X-ray photograph and a moving image.

 ここで、静止画像であるX線写真を撮影するのと同時に動画を撮影する機能を有するX線カメラ203Bを1台用いることに代えて、X線以外の動画撮影用のカメラをもう1台設けることも出来る。その場合には、X線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203Bがレール204上を移動して等間隔毎にX線写真を撮影し、他方のカメラはレール上を移動しつつ動画を撮影する様に構成される。
 また上述の説明では、X線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203B(及び動画撮影用カメラ)が台201の周囲を等速移動している旨が記載されているが、X線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203B(及び動画撮影用カメラ)を定点に固定して、台201を当該固定位置で等速回転運動(すなわち、自転)させても良い。この場合も、不等速移動或いは断続的な移動等であっても良い。
Here, instead of using one X-ray camera 203B having a function of taking a moving image at the same time as taking a radiograph as a still image, another camera for taking a moving image other than X-rays is provided. You can also In that case, the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B move on the rail 204 to take X-ray photographs at regular intervals, and the other camera moves on the rail to take a moving image. Composed.
In the above description, it is described that the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B (and the moving image capturing camera) are moving around the table 201 at a constant speed. The line camera 203B (and the moving image shooting camera) may be fixed at a fixed point, and the table 201 may be rotated at a constant speed (that is, rotated) at the fixed position. Also in this case, it may be an inconstant speed movement or an intermittent movement.

 撮像装置203(X線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203B)が撮影した静止画像であるX線写真データと動画データは、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック211に送信される。
 ここで、図18で示す様に、X線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203Bがレール204上に設置され、レール204上を移動しながらX線写真及び動画を撮影する場合には、X線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203Bと骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック211は無線で接続され、前記X線写真データと動画データは無線によりX線カメラ203Bから骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック211に送信される。図18では、X線写真データと動画データが骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック211に送信されるイメージを信号ラインSRで示している。
 一方、図示はされていないが、上記X線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203Bを定点に固定して、台201を当該固定位置で等速回転運動(自転)させる場合には、X線写真データと動画データは有線(例えば信号伝達用ケーブル)で解析装置211に送ることも可能である。もちろん、無線により解析装置211にX線写真データと動画データを送信することも出来る。
X-ray photograph data and moving image data, which are still images taken by the imaging device 203 (X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and X-ray camera 203B), are transmitted to the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 211.
Here, as shown in FIG. 18, when the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203 </ b> A and the X-ray camera 203 </ b> B are installed on the rail 204 and X-ray photography and moving images are taken while moving on the rail 204, X-ray irradiation is performed. The mechanism 203A, the X-ray camera 203B, and the skeleton model creation / motion analysis block 211 are wirelessly connected, and the X-ray photograph data and moving image data are transmitted from the X-ray camera 203B to the skeleton model creation / motion analysis block 211 by radio. . In FIG. 18, an image in which X-ray photograph data and moving image data are transmitted to the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 211 is indicated by a signal line SR.
On the other hand, although not shown, when the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B are fixed at fixed points and the table 201 is rotated at a fixed speed (rotation) at the fixed position, X-ray photograph data The moving image data can also be sent to the analysis device 211 by wire (for example, a signal transmission cable). Of course, X-ray photograph data and moving image data can be transmitted to the analysis apparatus 211 by radio.

 図18で示す解析装置211について、図19、図20を参照して説明する。
 図14~図17の足部判定システム200では、被験者Mの画像を撮影するのに人体透過能を有する光線等は使用していない。それに対して図18の足部判定システム201では、X線照射機構203A及びX線カメラ203Bを用いて被験者の足首のX線写真を撮影している。
 そのため足部判定システム201では、被験者Mの足部の全周方向から撮影した当該X線写真により、被験者Mの骨格モデルを直接に作成することが出来、さらに当該骨格モデルの運動解析を行うことで、足部の異常の有無或いは足部異常の存在する箇所を正確に判断することが出来る。したがって、足部判定システム201の骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック211では、図14~図17の足部判定システム200の骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210における立体画像作成ブロック210A、立体画像運動解析ブロック210Bに相当するブロックを有していない。
The analysis device 211 shown in FIG. 18 will be described with reference to FIGS.
In the foot determination system 200 shown in FIGS. 14 to 17, no light beam having a human body permeability is used to take an image of the subject M. In contrast, in the foot determination system 201 in FIG. 18, an X-ray photograph of the subject's ankle is taken using the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B.
Therefore, in the foot determination system 201, the skeleton model of the subject M can be directly created from the X-ray photograph taken from the entire circumference of the foot of the subject M, and the motion analysis of the skeleton model is performed. Thus, it is possible to accurately determine the presence or absence of an abnormality in the foot or the location where the foot abnormality exists. Therefore, in the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 211 of the foot determination system 201, the stereoscopic image creation block 210A and the stereoscopic image motion analysis block in the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 of the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. It does not have a block corresponding to 210B.

 足部判定システム201の骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック211を示す図19において、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック211(破線で囲まれた部分)は、骨格モデル作成ブロック211A、骨格モデル運動解析ブロック211B、異常部位特定ブロック211C、異常部位定量化ブロック211D、記憶ブロック211E、比較ブロック211Fを有する。なお符号211I、211Oは、それぞれ入力側インターフェース、出力側インターフェースを示している。
 また、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック211は、表示装置22と情報信号ラインIL229、IL232を介して接続されており、転倒リスク判定ブロック70と情報信号ラインIL229、230、IL232、233を介して接続されている。
 なお、図19において、各ブロック間で情報信号ラインILを介して授受される情報は、X線写真データは符号「A」で示し、動画データは符号「B」で示し、骨格モデルデータは符号「D」で示す。
In FIG. 19 showing the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 211 of the foot determination system 201, the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 211 (the portion surrounded by a broken line) includes a skeleton model creation block 211A and a skeleton model motion analysis block 211B. , An abnormal part specifying block 211C, an abnormal part quantifying block 211D, a storage block 211E, and a comparison block 211F. Reference numerals 211I and 211O denote an input side interface and an output side interface, respectively.
The skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 211 is connected to the display device 22 via information signal lines IL229 and IL232, and is connected to the fall risk determination block 70 via information signal lines IL229, 230, IL232, and 233. Has been.
In FIG. 19, the information exchanged between the blocks via the information signal line IL is X-ray photograph data indicated by the symbol “A”, moving image data indicated by the symbol “B”, and skeleton model data indicated by the symbol Indicated by “D”.

 骨格モデル作成ブロック211Aは、入力側インターフェース211I及び情報信号ラインIL221を介してX線カメラ203Bで撮影されたX線写真データを受信し、当該X線写真に基づいて被験者Mの足部(足裏から踵の上方、例えば膝下に至る箇所)の骨格モデルを作成する機能を有する(図20のステップS213参照)。
 骨格モデル作成ブロック211Aにおいて骨格モデルを作成する際には、既存、市販のソフトウェアを用いて、被験者Mの特質等を考慮して、ケース・バイ・ケースで作成する。
 図19で示す骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック211の各種機能ブロック211A~211Fは、コンピューター等の情報処理装置により構成される。ただし、各種機能ブロック211A~211Fは、専門知識を有するオペレーター等により構成することも可能である。
The skeletal model creation block 211A receives X-ray photograph data taken by the X-ray camera 203B via the input-side interface 211I and the information signal line IL221, and based on the X-ray photograph, the foot of the subject M (foot sole) To the upper part of the heel, for example, the part extending from below the knee) (see step S213 in FIG. 20).
When the skeleton model is created in the skeleton model creation block 211A, the skeleton model is created on a case-by-case basis by taking into account the characteristics of the subject M using existing and commercially available software.
The various functional blocks 211A to 211F of the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 211 shown in FIG. 19 are configured by an information processing device such as a computer. However, the various functional blocks 211A to 211F can also be configured by an operator having specialized knowledge.

 足部判定システム201における制御を、主として図7を参照して説明する。
 足部判定システム201では、立体画像を作成しないので、図16におけるステップS203、S206に相当する処理は実行しない。
 図20において、ステップS211では、X線照射機構203AとX線カメラ203Bにより被験者Mの足部(足裏から踵の上方、膝下に至る箇所)のX線写真(静止画像)を撮影する。
 ステップS212では、X線写真の撮影が360度に亘って撮影されたか否かを判断する。
 X線写真の撮影が360度に亘って完了していなければ(ステップS212が「No」)、ステップS211に戻る。360度に亘って完了していれば(ステップS212が「Yes」)、ステップS213に進む。ステップS213では、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック211の骨格モデル作成ブロック211A(図19)において、ステップS211、S212で撮影したX線写真(被験者Mが位置する台201と同心円状のレール204全周から撮影)に基づき、骨格モデルを作成する。
Control in the foot determination system 201 will be described mainly with reference to FIG.
Since the foot determination system 201 does not create a stereoscopic image, the processing corresponding to steps S203 and S206 in FIG. 16 is not executed.
In FIG. 20, in step S211, an X-ray photograph (still image) of the foot of the subject M (a part from the sole to the upper part of the heel and below the knee) is taken by the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B.
In step S212, it is determined whether or not X-ray photography has been taken over 360 degrees.
If radiography has not been completed for 360 degrees (“No” in step S212), the process returns to step S211. If it is completed over 360 degrees (step S212 is “Yes”), the process proceeds to step S213. In step S213, in the skeleton model creation block 211A (FIG. 19) of the skeletal model creation and motion analysis block 211, the X-ray photograph taken in steps S211 and S212 (the entire circumference of the rail 204 concentric with the platform 201 on which the subject M is located). Based on the above, a skeleton model is created.

 図20において、ステップS211と同時に、或いは若干の時間差を伴って行われるステップS214では、被験者Mの足部(足裏から踵の上方、膝下に至る箇所)の動画を撮影する。そしてステップS215に進む。
 ステップS215では、異常部位特定ブロック211C(図19)において、ステップS211、S212で撮影したX線写真とステップS14で撮影した動画に基づき、或はステップS213で作成した骨格モデルに基づき、被験者Mの足部における異常の有無と異常部位を特定する。
 またステップS215では、異常部位定量化ブロック211D(図19)において、異常部位特定ブロック211Cで特定した異常部位に関するデータに基づき、或いは直接X線写真と動画に基づき、異常部位における異常の程度の数値化、定量化を行う。そしてステップS216に進む。
In FIG. 20, in step S214 performed simultaneously with step S211 or with a slight time difference, a moving image of the foot of the subject M (a portion from the sole to the upper part of the heel and below the knee) is photographed. Then, the process proceeds to step S215.
In step S215, based on the X-ray photograph taken in steps S211 and S212 and the moving picture taken in step S14 in the abnormal part specifying block 211C (FIG. 19), or based on the skeletal model created in step S213, Identify the presence or absence of abnormalities in the foot and the abnormal site
In step S215, the numerical value of the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part based on the data regarding the abnormal part specified in the abnormal part specifying block 211C in the abnormal part quantification block 211D (FIG. 19) or directly based on the X-ray photograph and the moving image. Quantify and quantify. Then, the process proceeds to step S216.

 ステップS216では、骨格モデル運動解析ブロック211Bにおいて、ステップS213で作成した骨格モデルとステップS214で撮影した動画に基づいて骨格モデルの動きを解析する。そしてステップS217に進む。
 ステップS217では、比較ブロック211Fにおいて、ステップS216で解析した骨格モデルの運動解析結果(解析データ)と記憶ブロック211Eに記憶される正常な骨格モデルの運動(動画データ、正常値)を比較する。そしてステップS218に進む。
 図20には明示されないが、ステップS217における骨格モデルの運動と正常な骨格モデルの運動(正常値)の比較結果、ステップS215における被験者Mの足部の異常の有無と異常部位、異常部位における異常の程度の数値化、定量化の結果は、表示装置22(図19)に表示される。
In step S216, in the skeleton model motion analysis block 211B, the motion of the skeleton model is analyzed based on the skeleton model created in step S213 and the moving image photographed in step S214. Then, the process proceeds to step S217.
In step S217, in the comparison block 211F, the motion analysis result (analysis data) of the skeleton model analyzed in step S216 is compared with the motion (moving image data, normal value) of the normal skeleton model stored in the storage block 211E. Then, the process proceeds to step S218.
Although not clearly shown in FIG. 20, the result of comparison between the motion of the skeletal model in step S217 and the motion (normal value) of the normal skeleton model, the presence or absence of abnormalities in the foot of subject M in step S215, and abnormalities in the abnormal sites The result of quantification and quantification of the degree is displayed on the display device 22 (FIG. 19).

 ステップS218では、転倒防止指導ブロック90(図2)において、ステップS217の骨格モデルの運動と正常な足部の運動(正常値)の比較結果に基づき、或いは、ステップS215の異常部位における異常の程度の数値化、定量化の結果に基づき、足部の異常を改善、治療、抑制するのに好適な器具や運動を提示する。 In step S218, in the fall prevention instruction block 90 (FIG. 2), based on the comparison result between the skeletal model movement in step S217 and the normal foot movement (normal value), or the degree of abnormality in the abnormal part in step S215. Based on the results of quantification and quantification of the above, instruments and exercises suitable for improving, treating, and suppressing foot abnormalities are presented.

 図18~図20の足部判定システム201では、X線照射機構203A及びX線カメラ203Bを用いているので、被験者Mの足部の全周方向から撮影したX線写真を容易に取得することが出来る。そして、当該X線写真により、CTスキャナーを用いた場合と同様に、被験者Mの骨格モデルを直接、容易に作成することが出来る。
 そして、CTスキャナーとは異なり、被験者Mの足部における骨格モデルにおける動きも解析することが出来るので、被験者Mにおける異常の存在や、当該異常の定量的分析がより正確となり、被験者Mに良好に適合した器具や運動を提示することが出来る。
The foot determination system 201 in FIGS. 18 to 20 uses the X-ray irradiation mechanism 203A and the X-ray camera 203B, so that X-ray photographs taken from the entire circumference of the foot of the subject M can be easily acquired. I can do it. Then, the skeleton model of the subject M can be directly and easily created from the X-ray photograph as in the case of using the CT scanner.
And, unlike the CT scanner, the movement of the skeleton model in the foot of the subject M can also be analyzed, so the presence of an abnormality in the subject M and the quantitative analysis of the abnormality become more accurate, and the subject M is better. Can show suitable equipment and exercise.

 図18~図20の足部判定システム201におけるその他の構成と作用効果については、図13~図17の足部判定システム200と同様である。
 足部判定システム200、201において、レール上を撮像装置(カメラ等)が移動するタイプが図示されているが、レール上を撮像装置が移動しないタイプ、例えば、撮像装置が地上から浮遊し或いは飛行して移動するタイプも適用可能である。
Other configurations and effects of the foot determination system 201 of FIGS. 18 to 20 are the same as those of the foot determination system 200 of FIGS. 13 to 17.
In the foot determination systems 200 and 201, a type in which an imaging device (camera or the like) moves on the rail is illustrated, but a type in which the imaging device does not move on the rail, for example, the imaging device floats on the ground or flies. The type of moving is also applicable.

 図示の実施形態はあくまでも例示であり、本発明の技術的範囲を限定する趣旨の記述ではないことを付記する。
 例えば、図示の実施形態では、重心・アーチ・足の骨軸決定ブロック120、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210(211)、前後方向姿勢制御判定ブロック50、横方向姿勢制御判定ブロック60、転倒リスク判定ブロック70の各々に入出力インターフェースを設け、制御装置20には入出力インターフェースを設けていない。しかし、制御装置20に入出力インターフェースを設け、重心・アーチ・足の骨軸決定ブロック120、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210(211)、前後方向姿勢制御判定ブロック50、横方向姿勢制御判定ブロック60、転倒リスク判定ブロック70の各々について入出力インターフェースを省略しても良い。
 また、図示の実施形態では、重心・アーチ・足の骨軸決定ブロック120、骨格モデル作成及び運動解析ブロック210(211)の各々に記憶ブロック120F、210G、211Eが包含されているが、制御装置20に単一の記憶ブロックを設け、当該単一の記憶ブロックが図示の記憶ブロック120F、210G、211Eを奏する様に構成することも可能である。
It should be noted that the illustrated embodiment is merely an example, and is not a description to limit the technical scope of the present invention.
For example, in the illustrated embodiment, the centroid / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120, the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 (211), the longitudinal posture control determination block 50, the lateral posture control determination block 60, the fall risk Each determination block 70 is provided with an input / output interface, and the control device 20 is not provided with an input / output interface. However, the control device 20 is provided with an input / output interface, the center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120, the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 (211), the longitudinal posture control determination block 50, and the lateral posture control determination block. 60, the input / output interface may be omitted for each of the fall risk determination blocks 70.
In the illustrated embodiment, each of the center-of-gravity / arch / foot bone axis determination block 120 and the skeleton model creation and motion analysis block 210 (211) includes storage blocks 120F, 210G, and 211E. It is also possible to provide a single storage block at 20 and configure the single storage block to play the illustrated storage blocks 120F, 210G, and 211E.

1~7・・・センサ
(1)~(7)・・・センサの位置
10・・・転倒解析システム
100・・・足裏計測システム
110L、110R・・・インソール
120・・・重心・アーチ・骨の骨軸決定ブロック
200・・・足部判定システム
201・・・台
202・・・カメラ
203A・・・X線照射装置
203B・・・X線カメラ
300・・・足指間圧力測定装置
400・・・脚力測定装置
M・・・被験者
1-7 ... Sensors (1)-(7) ... Sensor position 10 ... Fall analysis system 100 ... Sole measurement system 110L, 110R ... Insole 120 ... Center of gravity / arch / Bone axis determination block 200 ... foot determination system 201 ... stand 202 ... camera 203A ... X-ray irradiation device 203B ... X-ray camera 300 ... toe pressure measurement device 400 ... Leg measuring device M ... Subject

Claims (8)

 足裏の所定位置に作用する力から重心、アーチ、足の骨軸を決定する機能を有する装置と、足裏から踵の上方までの箇所の骨格モデルと運動解析結果と異常を決定する機能を有する装置と、足指とそれと隣り合う足指の間の圧力を測定する機能を有する装置と、両脚で挟み込む筋力と両脚の間隔を広げる筋力を計測する機能を有する装置を有することを特徴とする転倒解析システム。 A device that has the function to determine the center of gravity, arch, and bone axis of the foot from the force acting on the sole of the foot, and the function to determine the skeletal model and the motion analysis results and abnormalities from the sole to the upper part of the heel A device having a function of measuring a pressure between a toe and a toe adjacent to the device, and a device having a function of measuring a muscular force sandwiched between both legs and a muscular force that widens the distance between both legs. Fall analysis system.  重心、アーチ、足の骨軸を決定する機能を有する装置は、足の裏が接触する部材と、当該部材の所定位置に作用する力を計測するセンサと、前記センサからの出力に基づいて異常の有無を判定する機能を有する制御装置を有する請求項1の転倒解析システム。 A device having a function of determining the center of gravity, arch, and bone axis of the foot is abnormal based on a member that contacts the sole of the foot, a sensor that measures a force acting on a predetermined position of the member, and an output from the sensor. The fall analysis system of Claim 1 which has a control apparatus which has a function which determines the presence or absence of.  前記センサは、前記足の裏が接触する部材の踵骨隆起部、立方骨、第五中足骨頭、第一中足骨頭、中間楔状骨、横足弓中心に対応する位置に設けられている請求項2の転倒解析システム。 The sensor is provided at a position corresponding to a rib raised portion, a cubic bone, a fifth metatarsal head, a first metatarsal head, an intermediate wedge bone, and a lateral foot arch center of a member that contacts the sole of the foot. The fall analysis system according to claim 2.  前記センサは拇指接地面にも設けられている請求項3の転倒解析システム。 The fall analysis system according to claim 3, wherein the sensor is also provided on the thumb contact surface.  足裏から踵の上方までの箇所の骨格モデルと運動解析結果と異常を決定する機能を有する装置は、撮影箇所と、当該撮影箇所の周方向を相対的に等速移動する撮像装置と、撮像装置からの画像データが入力される解析装置を備え、前記解析装置は、画像データに基づいて判断対象の骨格モデルを作成する機能と、当該骨格モデルと画像データに基づいて骨格モデルの動きを解析する機能を有している請求項1~4の何れか1項の転倒解析システム。 An apparatus having a function of determining a skeletal model, a motion analysis result, and an abnormality in a part from the sole to the upper part of the heel includes an imaging part, an imaging device that relatively moves in the circumferential direction of the imaging part, and imaging An analysis device that receives image data from the device, and the analysis device analyzes the movement of the skeleton model based on the function of creating a skeleton model to be determined based on the image data and the skeleton model and the image data The fall analysis system according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which has a function of:  前記撮像装置は、静止画像を撮影する機能と、動画を撮影する機能を有する光学装置である請求項5の転倒解析システム。 6. The fall analysis system according to claim 5, wherein the imaging device is an optical device having a function of capturing a still image and a function of capturing a moving image.  前記撮像装置は、人体透過能を有する光線を照射する機能を有する装置と、人体透過能を有する光線による画像を撮影する機能を有する装置の組み合わせである請求項5の転倒解析システム。 6. The fall analysis system according to claim 5, wherein the imaging device is a combination of a device having a function of irradiating a light beam having a human body permeability and a device having a function of photographing an image by a light beam having a human body permeability.  足裏の所定位置に作用する力を計測し、足裏から踵の上方までの箇所を撮影し、足指とそれと隣り合う足指の間の圧力を測定し、両脚で挟み込む筋力と両脚の間隔を広げる筋力を計測する工程と、
 足裏の所定位置に作用する力から重心、アーチ、足の骨軸、異常を決定し、足裏から踵の上方までの箇所を撮影したデータから骨格モデル、運動解析結果、異常を決定し、足指とそれと隣り合う足指の間の圧力から膝から下側の部分の総合的な筋力を決定し、両脚で挟み込む筋力と両脚の間隔を広げる筋力から股関節の内転筋、外転筋の筋力を決定する工程と、
 重心、アーチ、足の骨軸、足裏から踵の上方までの箇所における骨格モデル、運動解析結果、膝から下側の部分の総合的な筋力、股関節の内転筋、外転筋の筋力から歩行中或いは走行中に転倒するリスクを判断する工程を有していることを特徴とする転倒解析方法。
Measure the force acting on the sole of the foot, take a picture of the area from the sole to the top of the heel, measure the pressure between the toes and the adjacent toes, muscle strength between both legs and the distance between the legs The process of measuring muscle strength to spread,
Determine the center of gravity, arch, bone axis of the foot, and abnormalities from the force acting on the sole of the foot, determine the skeletal model, motion analysis results, abnormalities from the data taken from the sole to the upper part of the heel, The total muscle strength of the lower part from the knee is determined from the pressure between the toes and the adjacent toes. Determining muscle strength; and
From the center of gravity, the arch, the bone axis of the foot, the skeletal model at the position from the sole to the upper part of the heel, the result of motion analysis, the total muscle strength of the lower part from the knee, the adductor muscle of the hip joint, the muscle strength of the abductor muscle A fall analysis method characterized by having a step of judging a risk of falling while walking or running.
PCT/JP2017/044826 2016-12-16 2017-12-14 Fall analysis system and analysis method Ceased WO2018110624A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016244477A JP2020028311A (en) 2016-12-16 2016-12-16 Inversion analysis system and analysis method
JP2016-244477 2016-12-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018110624A1 true WO2018110624A1 (en) 2018-06-21

Family

ID=62558803

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/044826 Ceased WO2018110624A1 (en) 2016-12-16 2017-12-14 Fall analysis system and analysis method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2020028311A (en)
WO (1) WO2018110624A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114269243A (en) * 2020-03-19 2022-04-01 株式会社日立制作所 Fall risk evaluation system

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004329280A (en) * 2003-04-30 2004-11-25 Kochi Univ Of Technology Floor reaction force estimation device using sole pressure and estimation system of lower limb joint moment and lower limb muscle tension using the same
JP2010069229A (en) * 2008-09-22 2010-04-02 Nitta Ind Corp Device for foot type classification
JP2016054996A (en) * 2014-09-11 2016-04-21 株式会社三陽プレシジョン Leg force measurement device
US20160345865A1 (en) * 2015-05-26 2016-12-01 Dharma P. Agrawal System and method for real-time personnel fatigue level monitoring

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004329280A (en) * 2003-04-30 2004-11-25 Kochi Univ Of Technology Floor reaction force estimation device using sole pressure and estimation system of lower limb joint moment and lower limb muscle tension using the same
JP2010069229A (en) * 2008-09-22 2010-04-02 Nitta Ind Corp Device for foot type classification
JP2016054996A (en) * 2014-09-11 2016-04-21 株式会社三陽プレシジョン Leg force measurement device
US20160345865A1 (en) * 2015-05-26 2016-12-01 Dharma P. Agrawal System and method for real-time personnel fatigue level monitoring

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
EDO, YUSAKU: "The Relationship between Kinematic Chain of Calcaneus and Shank and Knee Osteoarthritis : Analysis of Kinematic Chain of Pronation/Supination Movement of Calcaneus and Rotational Movement of Shank in Standing Position", BULLETIN OF HEALTH MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY COLLEGE, vol. 7, 2014, pages 1 - 7 *
YAMASHITA, KAZUHIKO: "Quantitative body function measuring device'' of fall risk assessment tool, and needs for standardizing fall risk assessment tool", JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF BIOMECHANISMS, vol. 38, no. 4, 2014, pages 245 - 251 *
YAMAZAKI, YOSHIHIRO: "Three-Dimensional Analysis of Lower Extremity Alignment", RESEARCH REPORTS OF THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING, vol. 55, 2006, pages 7 - 8 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114269243A (en) * 2020-03-19 2022-04-01 株式会社日立制作所 Fall risk evaluation system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2020028311A (en) 2020-02-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
Šarabon et al. Kinematic and electromyographic analysis of variations in Nordic hamstring exercise
JP5421437B2 (en) Foot diagnostic device and shoe or insole fitting navigation system using the same
Peltz et al. Effects of footwear on three-dimensional tibiotalar and subtalar joint motion during running
Nandikolla et al. Experimental gait analysis to study stress distribution of the human foot
EP2473108A1 (en) Method for determining relative mobility of regions of an object
JP2021058570A (en) Image processing device and program
EP1863385B1 (en) Method and appartus for displaying 3d images of a part of the skeleton
Lewin et al. Validation of the RunScribe inertial measurement unit for walking gait measurement
WO2011045311A1 (en) Apparatus and method for analysing the gait of a person
KR101657277B1 (en) User customized real-time feedback walking exercise equipment through the observed behavior
KR102001722B1 (en) Apparatus and monitoring method for scoliosis diagnosis
WO2018110623A1 (en) Foot region assessment system and method
WO2018110624A1 (en) Fall analysis system and analysis method
WO2018033965A1 (en) Lower leg behavior analysis system and analysis method, and lower leg behavior evaluation system and evaluation method
KR20210014232A (en) Rehabilitating method using food pressure analysis
Karakostas et al. Three-dimensional rodent motion analysis and neurodegenerative disorders
Pineda-Lopez et al. A low cost baropodometric system for children's postural and gait analysis
WO2018110621A1 (en) Sole measurement device
Patricio et al. Postural investigation in individuals with human T cell lymphotropic virus-1-associated myelopathy/Tropical spastic paraparesis
Hulshof et al. Skin marker-based versus bone morphology-based coordinate systems of the hindfoot and forefoot
RU2831665C1 (en) Diagnostic technique for heel bone pronation
DK1863385T3 (en) METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIEWING 3D IMAGES OF A SKILL PART
US20230172491A1 (en) System and method for motion analysis including impairment, phase and frame detection
WO2018110622A1 (en) Foot region abnormality analysis device and method
KR102799422B1 (en) Method and system for generating a balance information of body

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17881794

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17881794

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP